The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPP - 13910 TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD - ECONOLODGE - PERMITS AND PLANS13910 TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD ASSOCIATED PERMITS 96-F-004 890007 CORRECTION NOTICE/REINSPECT2N FEE Inspector: 611C3 Permit number: TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE Office: 206-575-4407 Fax: 206-575-4439 Email: Fire Marshaltukwilawa.ov Business Name: e�A/d 60A)Type of Inspection lv �.p /w Location Address: / Date : 1 /0 7 Contact Person : rptO•keti ;09 -r Phone No. `7Z 5-25v-3b1�I ACTION REQUIRED : Alfa ni? efwel CORRECTION OF THE ABOVE ITEMS ARE REQUIRED BY : /// )/i 7 FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY RESULT IN THE ISSUANCE OF A CRIMINAL CITATION/TICKET. Signature: j/12411,..3„,-.<57177 e �T Billing/Mailing Address : Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: ❑ A $100.00 Reinspection Fee is required. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. ❑ Ticket Issued. Citation # Correction Notice Reins') Fee2.doc Revised 6/17/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 100 tLgCO I Fire & Security Scope Of Work Project Name: Econo Lodge 13910 Pacific Hwy S. Seattle, WA 98168 FIRE ALARM INSTALLATION By: ADT Security Services 11824 North Creek Parkway N., Suite 105 Bothell, WA 98011 ADT Representative: Alfred Evans Telephone: 425-402-3351 Quantity Model Description 1 QS4-5-G-1 Quickstart 4 Fire Alarm Control Panel 1 SLIC Loop Controller with 2 NAC's 1 DLD Dual Line Dialer 1 EST-SRA4 Annunciator Panel 1 ZR8 Relay Card for Panel 7 SIGA-270 Pull Station 79 SIGA-PS Smoke Detector 4 SIGA-HRS Heat Detector 1 BPS 1 OA Remote Booster Power Supply 10 Amp 1 G 1 M -RM Sync Module 63 GIF-HDVM Horn/Strobe Multi Candela Wall Mount 1 757 -7A -T Horn/Strobe Weatherproof 2 SIGA-CR Control Relay Module NOTE: 1. Install new EST QS4 Fire Alarm Panel. 2. Install new EST BPS 10A Power Supply 10 amp next to FACP. 3. Install smoke detector above FACP. 4. Install smoke detectors in all common areas and all sleeping rooms. 5. Install heat detectors in laundry rooms and linen closests. 6. Install pull stations at all egress doors. 7. Install notification devices throughout building. 8. Panel is programmed for monitoring. r t ywo I Fire & Security Battery Calculation Worksheet (all currents stated in mA) 3/2912009 PROJECT: Econolodge System Devices Device Description Quantity of Devices Standby mA Per Device Alarm mA Per Device Total Device Standby mA Total Device Alarm mA 0 SUC - Signature Loop Intelligent Controller 1 System Devices Smoke Detectors / Auxiliary Devices Quickstart 4 1 7 0.025 0 0 SUC - Signature Loop Intelligent Controller 1 33 57 33 57 DLD - Dialer 1 13 20 13 20 EST-SRA4 - Annunciator 1 70 90 70 90 ZR8 - Relay Card 1 11 18 11 18 Total System Current 0 N/A 127 185 0 0 N/A Smoke Detectors / Auxiliary Devices GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd SIGA-270 - Pull Station 7 0.025 0.04 0.175 0.28 SIGA-HRS - Heat Detector 4 0.045 0.045 0.18 0.18 SIGA-PS - Smoke Detector 79 0.045 0.045 3.555 3.555 SIGA-CR - Control Relay 2 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 Required A/H Battery N/A N/A 0 0 0 N/A N/A 0 0 0 N/A N/A 0 0 Device Totals 92 N/A 3.93 4.035 Notification Appliances (list all) GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd 15 N/A 71 N/A 1065 G1F-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 30 cd 6 N/A 90 N/A 540 G1 F-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 75 cd Total System Standby NH N/A 159 N/A 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof Horn/Strobe 75cd 1 N/A 159 N/A 159 0.97 4.19 ' Required A/H Battery N/A N/A 0 0 N/A N/A 0 0 N/A N/A 0 Notification Appliance Totals 22 N/A 1764 Summary Section Standby Hrs. Required 24 Alarm Sounding Minutes 5 Total System Standby mA 130.93 Total System Alarm mA 1953.035 Total System Standby NH 3.06 Total System Alarm A/H 0.16 Min. A/H Battery 3.22 ADD 30% FOR BATTERY DEPLETION 0.97 4.19 ' Required A/H Battery ' NH BATTERY PROVIDED FOR SYSTEM 7 1 DO NOT EXCEED TOTAL CURRENT DRAW OF 3000mA ' tyCQ Fire & Security Battery Calculation Worksheet (all currents stated In mA) 3/29/2009 PROJECT: Econolodge System Devices Device Description Quantity of Devices Standby mA Per Device Alarm mA Per Device Total Device Standby mA Total Device Alarm mA 150 GIM -RM - Sync Module 1 System Devices Smoke Detectors / Auxiliary Devices BPS10A - Remote Booster Power Supply 10Amp 1 70 150 70 150 GIM -RM - Sync Module 1 0 33 0 33 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 75 cd 0 N/A 159 0 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof Horn/Strobe 75cd 0 N/A 159 0 0 0.28 N/A 0 0 Total System Current N/A ' 70 183 N/A Smoke Detectors / Auxiliary Devices G1F-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd 30 N/A 71 0 0 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 30 cd 12 N/A 90 0 0 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 75 cd 0 N/A 159 33 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof Horn/Strobe 75cd 0 N/A 159 0 0 0.28 N/A 0 0 ADD 30% FOR BATTERY DEPLETION N/A ' 0 0 N/A 0 0 Device Totals 0 N/A 33 0 Notification Appliances (list all) G1F-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd 30 N/A 71 N/A 2130 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 30 cd 12 N/A 90 NIA 1080 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 75 cd 0 N/A 159 N/A 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof Horn/Strobe 75cd 0 N/A 159 N/A 0 0.28 N/A N/A 0 ADD 30% FOR BATTERY DEPLETION N/A ' N/A 0 N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A 0 Notification Appliance Totals 42 N/A 3210 Summary Section Standby Hrs. Required 24 Alarm Sounding Minutes 5 Total System Standby mA 103 Total System Alarm mA 3393 Total System Standby A/H 1.68 Total System Alarm AIH 0.28 Min. A/H Battery 1.96 ADD 30% FOR BATTERY DEPLETION 0.59 2.55 ' Required NH Battery I (A/H BATTERY PROVIDED FOR SYSTEM 7 Panel FRCP Econolodge Clrouh Device Current 0 or Devlde9 Current N1 Panel 01F4119VM-Hm00Strobe 15 cd 0.071 X 8 0.868 01P4401/M - Nom/Strobe 30 ed 0.09 2 0.18 OW4OVM- No 068006e 75 M 0.159 0 757 -7A -T -Weatherproof Namfitro6e lied 0.159 0 0 X 0 X 0 X 0 0 X 0 X 0 Total Current 0.748 Circuit Device Current X al of Devices • CuneM 82 .. _ • 01F4531/111-NwN5trolo15al 0.071 X 7 • 0.497 01F4DW-NaN8tro68 39 ed 0.09 X 4 • 0.36 01F4DVM-No086robe75 ed 0.159 X • • 0 757JA-T • WMhnproot HomB6o0 75ed 0.159 x 1 • 0.159 X X • • 0 x X • • 0 X X • • 0 X X • 0 0 X X • - 0 X X • 0 x Total Current 0.729 • 0 __. __ _.Total Current 1.018 Clroutt N3 01F440V1l-NmN9IroM 15 ed ______ 0.071 X _ _. ______ 9 • ,,...o... 0.639 O1F410VM-14on451ro9e39 cd 0.09 X 1 • 0.09 01F41091.1-Nonalre0e75od 0.159 X • 0 757 -7A -T -Weatherproof Ha09rob 75cd 0.159 X • 0 X • 0 X • 0 x • 0 X • 0 X • 0 X • 0 X 0 Total Current 0.729 Panel NSCP al Cir60 t Device Current sof 0evtces Current 01F4DVM- Horn/Snobs 15 ed 0.071 X 8 • 0.428 01F4lpVet-HorN9tro6e 39 ed 0.09 X 8 • 0.45 01F440VM-Nom/Strobe 75 ca 0.158 0 757-75-7 - We. hoIoo& Horn/Strobe 75e11 0.159 0 X 0 0 0 0 0 Total Current 0.876 Ohms Per Foot X Total Wlre Length Current VOC 3.16 110 220 X 0.748 • 0525 000 EOL Voltage 23.475 12ga 2 cone! • 1.690 14 gay 2cond • 3.19a Ohms Per Foot X Total Wire Length Current VDC 3.16 178 380 X 1.018 • 1.134 1000 EOL Voltage 22.866 12ga 2 coma • 1.59 0 1458.2 oond • 3.190 Ohms Per Foot X Total Wire Length Current VDC 319 144 288 X 0.729 • 0.870 1000 501. Voltage 23.330 1258. 2 eond • 1.89 a 14 g8, 2 coed • 3.160 Ohms Par Foot X Total Wire Length Current VOC 3.19 190 390 X 0.876 • 1.090 1000 EOL Voltage 72.910 125a 2cond 1.890 1498.28094 • 3.190 • Econolod Panel N CF e1 Clrcult Devise Current iolbevlcea Current N5 9tro15 cd 0114113V11-lbn9M 0.071 X 9 • 0.639 oaM troeo30 01F4OVM-NM 0.09 X 1 • 0.09 01F411VM-Noml$troae 75 cd 0.159 X • 0 757.7A -T - Weethergoor Non4trvM Med 0.155 X • 0 X • 0 X • 0 X • 0 X • 0 X • 0 X • 0 x • 0 Total Current 0.729 Panel NACFn Clrcuk Device Current IS Or Devleee Current 10 0174OVat -Hornalrebe15cd 0.071 X 6 • 0.426 01F4I0VM-NaMWobe30ed 0.09 X 5 • 0.45 OI1,467VM-Nen4Blrob 75 cd 0.159 X • 0 757J/4-Weelhrproo7 NmN9treee 75ed 0.159 X • 0 X • 0 X • 0 X • 0 X n 0 X n 0 x • 0 x • 0 Total Current 0.876 Ohms Per Foot X Total Wire Length Current VDC 3.19 164 329 X 0.729 • 0.763 1000 EOL Voltage 23.237 129a. 2 e0nd • 1.69 n 14 pa, 2 Bond • 3.19 0 Ohms Per Foot X Total Wire Length Current VDC 3.19 218 430 X 0.678 • 1.202 1000 E01. Voltage 22.798 12ga 2 coed • 1.59 0 14 pa2eond • 3.190 GE Security Overview GE Security's QS4 QuickStart life safety control panel provides conventional and intelligent addressable circuits in a single intelli- gent control panel. Designed for easy setup and simple installation, QuickStart lives up to its name in every respect. QS4's exclusive QuickStart auto -learn function, and the option of configuring the panel using convenient front panel programming or from a PC, makes short work of system setup. Devices come on-line in no time as well, thanks to QS4's built-in barcode scanner port. A simple pass of the optional scanner is all it takes to store device information in the QuickStart database. The scanner can also be used for quick and easy text entry when assembling custom messages. QS4's setup routine is deceptively simple, considering this sys- tem's robust features and broad capacity. Supporting up to 1,000 intelligent detectors and modules, QS4 takes full advantage of GE Security's exclusive Signature Series technology, which provides electronic addressing, automatic device mapping, environmental compensation, and true multisensor detection. As a hybrid system, QS4 combines Signature Series support along with up to 48 conventional Class 8 or a combination of 40 Class A and Class 8 initiating circuits. Compatible with either two- or four - wire detectors, these circuits also provide built-in support for GE Security's EC family of conventional detectors. QuickStart's design leaves plenty of room for system expansion. Option cards snap onto QS4's easily -accessible DIN mounting rails These cards include a dialer, auxiliary relays, and additional system capacity. The QS4 also supports as many as eight remote annun- ciators and up to 60 programmable front panel switches with dual LEDs for system control and display. ES- Fire & Life Safety QuickStart Multiplexed/Hardwired Standard Features • One to four Signature loops - each with a capacity of 250 Intel- ligent devices - PLUS up to 48 conventional circuits • Compatible with two- and four -wire smoke detectors • Combines the Signature intelligent releasing module with Signa- ture multisensor detectors for reliable suppression • Failsafe mode ensures uncompromised reliability • Class A (Style 7) or Class B (Style 4) wiring options • Capacity for eight remote annunciators • Four built-in system relays • Optional dual line dialer supports Contact ID and 4/2 formats • Three methods of programming: QuickStart "auto -learn," front panel and personal computeriPC) • Supports optional barcode scanner for direct device data entry • Two optional banks of 30 front panel switches with dual LEDs • Up to 20 adjustable pre -alarm settings for Signature smoke detectors • Red or grey cabinets in two sizes for surface or semi -flush mounting • Large 14 -line (224 character) backlit LCD display • Four password levels, plus priority access keyswitch • Message routing by event type or by individual message • Alarm sensitivity by time of day or manual selection • 1,000 event history buffer, plus alarm history counter • 6 amp Power Supply, 4.75 amps available for external use • Envoy graphics compatible • Compare utility identifies system changes and simplifies testing Intelligent/Conventional Life Safety Control Panel QS4 ;11- ..t.C.erlE031,3113cratilNlItae s.2 a)� :77•w L.: Ap'plication QuickStart is a total life safety solution that brings the power of big -system analog technology to small and mid-size applications. Thanks to it's flexibility and simple setup and operation, QS4 is ideal for new installations in schools, apartment buildings, hospitals, of- fice buildings, and retail facilities. The benefits brought by QS4 to retrofit applications underscores the true potential of this powerful system. As an intelligent panel, QS4 supports Signature Series devices, which can use existing wiring in most retrofit applications. As conventional panel, Q54 supports compatible devices already installed at the site. And as a hybrid system, the QS4 supports new Signature Series devices, and existing conventional detectors - while leaving plenty of room for expansion. No need to tear a building apart to upgrade the life safety system: with QS4 you hove the best of both worlds. CPU / LCD Display The QS4 front panel display provides 14 lines by 16 characters of text detailing event, device, diagnostic, and programming informa- tion. Its large backlit LCD screen is easy to read and always provides at -a -glance indication of the system's state of operation. The ;°::1 a. CPU/Display Unit houses the CPU card and mount -;I , ° 12. LI;ing space for two optional '° "` °" D LED/Switch cards. Display with two alarms shown QS4 is as simple to operate as it is to set up. Its Targe 14 -line backlit LCD display provides easy - to -understand details concerning up to 1,000 system events, while bright system status LEDs and Targe, tactile control buttons present the user with a clean, crystal clear interface. Four password levels limit control and information retrieval to authorized personnel. A priority access keyswitch gives Level 2 access, without a password, to management and emergency personnel. Specifications Control Panel Standby Current 199 mA Alarm Current: 235 mA Remote annunciator Standby Current 154 mA (Full control versions) Alarm Current: 166 mA SRA Series Standby Current 70 mA Alarm Current: 90 mA Operating environment Temperature: 32-120 °F (0-49 °C) Humidity: 93 %RH, non -condensing Failsafe Mode If the CPU loses communication with other circuit cards, the power supply card continues to monitor the system for any alarm events. If an alarm occurs on any device or circuit during a communica- tions failure, the power supply activates all alarm outputs and instructs the dialer to transmit a default alarm message to the monitoring station. Cabinet Dimensions 1.t.99' (,L4o 1 5 -Option Cabinet QS4-5-R-1 (red) QS4-5-G-1 (grey( 12 -Option Cabinet QS4-12-R-1 (red) QS4-12-G-1 (grey) 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cabinet Mounting 12 and 5 -Option Cabinets '8 b atil ° . . (_ 1 (15.7 ' 7 ° 19.5/8" (47.31 tl") 0 L r 30' (762 °m) 2.T (5.6 cm) 1&5R' (47.31 m,) 4.88" (12.4 an) 0J Semi -flush Mounting Wall 4—i Optional Vandal - Resistant Door 1 68" (4.27 cm) Surface Mounting Semi -flush mounting requires an optional trim ring, which adds %" to all sides of the panel. Data Sheet 85005-0114 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 10 Remote Annunciators QS4 supports up to eight remote annunciators, which provide mirrored annunciation of front panel messages and status indicators. Two models are available: The QSA Series, and the SRA Series. QSA Series QuickStart's Class A serial remote annunciator bus requires an X485 (RS485) card and UART port at the control panel. Each remote annunciator requires only a UART port. Class B wiring does not require an X485 card at the control panel. Remote annunciators are available in both analog and conventional versions and with wallboxes for flush or surface mounting. Models are available with one or two annunciator option spaces, each with 30 dedicated switches and LEDs. See the Ordering Table for more information. Class B Wiring 24vDC RISER PS6TB1-13 PS6TB1-14 i RAI I e Class A Wiring CH2 CH2 RA RA CHI CHI AA 0000 CH2 CHI X485 option card Dimensions Model QSA-1-S QSA-1-F (rough int QSA-1-F «finished) QSA-2-S RAI Height Width Depth 7.6"119.46 cm) 14.25"13620 cm) 2.9" (7.3 cm) 6.56- (16.66 cm) 13.25" (33.66 cm) 2.1" (5.33 cm) 7.8' (19.81 cm) 14.42' (36.63 cm) 1.38" (3.49 cm) 7.6" (19.46 cm) 18.56"147.14 cm) 2.9" (7.3 cm( QSA-2-F (rough in) 6.56"116.66 cm) 17.56'144.60 cm) 2.1'15.33 cm) QSA-2-F (finished) 7.8"119.81 cm) 18.75" (47.63 cm) 1.38" (3.49 cm) Rough -in dimensions reflect the size of the cabinet where it enters the wall. Finished dimensions reflect the size of the cabinet that protrudes from the wall. SRA Series QuickStart SRA Remote Annun- ciators are standalone units that can be powered by the control panel or by an approved power supply. Annunciators support Class A or Class B connection to the system RS -485 data line, but do not provide ground fault isolation. SRA Annunciators are available in single or multiple loop models. SRA Series Annunciators include an RJ -12 modular jack to allow system database downloads from a laptop computer. Con- nection requires a programming cable (model number PROG- CABLE-1, ordered separately). Annunciators are mounted to North American 2 -gang or 4 -inch square electrical boxes. Class B Wiring PS6 RS485 0 RS485+ 0 1 Mounting Field wiring OElectrical box LISTED 24 VDC SUPPLY 24 VDC + 0- 24 VDC 0- Class A Wiring NT -A RS485 CARD 0 CH2(-)OUT 0 CH2(+)OUT 0 CH2(--)IN 0 CH2(+$N CHt(-)C41T — Mounting sing Annunciator Annunciator rf} CH1(+)(I11T 0 CH1(-)IN 0 CH1(+)841 P +24VDC OUT @ COMMON OUT r-0 +24VDC IN COMMON IN 0 EARTH c24D Annunciator CH2- 0-- CH2+ 0 CHI- 0 - CH2 0 LISTED 24 VDC SUPPLY 24 VDC + 0- 24 WC - 0- CH2(-)OUT CH2(+)OUT 0 CH2(-NH 0 CH2(+)IN 9 CH1h)Olfr 0 CH2(-)OUT CH2(+)OUT 0 CH2(-)IN 0 CH2(+JIN 0 CH,( -)our 0 CHI(+)OUT 0 CHtE-$N 0 CH1(+)1N +241.61C OUT 0 COMMON OUT 0 +24VDC P4 0 COMMON IN 0 EARTH ONO Annunciator CH,(+)OUT '-0 CH,( -)I( 0 CH1(+)It4 0 +24VDC OUT 0 CH2(-)Our 0 CH2(+)OUT 0 CH2(-)W L-0 CH2(+2N 0 CHI(-)OUr 0 CHI(+)OUT 0 CHI( -)IN 0 COMMON OUT r-0 +24VDC IN r-0 COMMON IN 0 EARTH Gt4D ICC 0 CH,(+pN 0 +24VDC OUT 0 COMMON OUT 0 +24VDC IN r--0 COMMON IN 0 EARTH GND XGD Graphics Driver Card The XGD Graphics Driver Card is an interface device that connects a QuickStart annunciator to an Envoy Graphic Annunciator. The XGD pro- vides the electronics required to support 24 LEDs and 12 switches on the Envoy display panel. Multiple XGD cards can be chained together in one graphic annunciator cabinet to control larger displays. The QuickStart SRA Series annunciators can support a maximum of six XGD cards. Data Sheet 85005-0114 Issue 6 Not to be wed for installation purposes. Page 3 of 10 Operation Indicators 1. Text display and controls: Displays system messages, status information, and programming menus. Arrow buttons move the display cursor. 2. Alarm LED: Indicates a fire or life threatening emergency. 3. Supervisory LED: Indicates an off -normal condition with the fire suppression system or related equipment. 4. Disable/Test LED: Indicates part of the system is disabled or being tested. Disabled components also signal a system trou- ble. 5. Monitor LED: Indicates the operation of an ancillary system function (door closures, fan pressure switches). 6. Trouble LED: Indicates an off -normal condition or wiring fault that compromises the integrity of the system. 7. Ground Fault LED: Indicates a ground fault in the system wir- ing. Ground faults also signal a system trouble. 8. CPU Fail LED: Indicates an unexpected reboot or failure with the microprocessor. CPU failures also signal a system trouble. 9. Power LED: Indicates the panel has power. 10. Help button: Provides additional information about the device selected on the display. 11. Status button: Displays the Status Menu from which you can identify active or disabled points in the system. 12. Panel Silence/Acknowledge button and LED: Acknowledges all events posted in the display queues and tums off the panel buzzer. The panel silenced LED indicates that off normal events have been acknowledged. Controls 13. Reset button: Allows devices or zones in alarm or trouble to restore to their standby condition. The LED indicates that the panell is resetting. 14. Alarm Silence button: Turns active notification appliances off depending on panel programming. Pressing Alarm Silence a second time turns them back on. The LED indicates that the panel is in alarm and operating with notification appliances turned off. 15. Drill button: Activates notification appliances depending on panel programming but does not place the panel in alarm. The LED indicates that the panel is in Drill Mode. 16. Menu button: Displays the operator menus. 17. Delete button: Returns to the previous menu or backspaces the cursor. 18. Enter button: Press the Enter button to accept information or continue to the next item. 19. Numeric keypad: Numbered buttons for entering values and making menu selections. 20. Barcode scanner jack: Input for optional barcode scanner. 21. Priority Access keyswitch: Enables control functions reserved for access level 2 and above without requiring a password. Data Sheet 85005-0114 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Poge 4 of 10 'Typical Wiring RM { tr,r is 1 b UM QS4 Addressable and Conventional Circuit Options j Class A Signature Data Loop 1 I it it !! II it iI r----- Signature Data Loop 3 iii (optional) ri I t r• – Signature Data Loop 4 1 I 1 I (option) i i i Ii) I I!1! I i I Ii';Ii IilI! i 1 I !Ilii II !i Iit iIii I ! 1 ! 1 1 I C Signature Data Loop 2 (optional) I0 Critical Process Monitoring -"— with Control Fire Damper CR CCi1 S Class B Notification Appliance Circuit with Genesis Signals & Signal Master for Independent Horn & Strobe Control and Synchronization over 2 concluders. Class A Notification ,% Appliance Circuit with u Genesis Signals & Signal Master for Independent Ham & Strobe Control and Synchronization over two conductors. LJ 1 i .._.._.._ _..__.._._.._._.._._._ _.___.._.._._.._.i 1 Elevator Capture CR CR Initiating Device Circuit – Class A (nitiatin: Device Circuit – Class B Class B Notification Appgance Circuit with Genesis Signals & Signal Master for Independent Hom & Strobe Control and Synchronization over two concluders. Pc w Notification Appliance Circuit – Class A with Combination Hom-Strobe Circuit QS4 Panel -e-X o DSC- X 0 D� 1w, r. 1 LEGEND 1—_ Ij Enhanced Integrity t' "J Horn -Strobe Genesis Hom-Strobe 171 Genesis L"�9 Signal Master Smoke �J Detector ®2 -Wire Smoke Detector ®Smoke Detector with Relay Base ©Smoke Detector with Isolator Base Manual Pull Station O Junction Box End -of -Line Resistor M Programmable I/O Module j—I Universal I/O Module I�r 12 Dual Circuit Input Module mil Control Relay Module !cc1I Signal Module ® Signal Module {synchronization) n Riser Monitor Module More wiring suggestions can be found in the QS4 Fire Alarm Control Panel In- stallation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual, P/N 3100186. Coded Signaling 24VDC RISER> PS67B1-16 PS6TB1-18 tf JP1 JP1 CDR -3 n„ 101(11 Ord EOL • 0KO IDC OUT IDC OUT > NAC PWR-> NAC PWR Fire Suppression SIGGA-APS Aurdliery Power Supply OuickSWReenlal mai Signature loop contruller (6LtC) Ralaesing Module (SIGAAEL) C0anwre Sarin anwAe aaeacn Q&ratan Serie[no0dw Horn** Swan circuit Unice oiaa.raca sawn A I Danual Abort Swim AWeat Rdwel3ed. PI font Mom 004. Rear ISOI ISI SDH RELA.EOL H Reraase Oran 1 SDH RELAEOL H Release Circuit 2 fAI I MR I Data Sheet 85005-0114 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 10 1000 0 0 0 0000 0 00000001 Standard Components and Option Cards All QS4 panels come standard with a CPU/Display Unit, and a PS6 Power Supply (see ordering information for details). QuickStart option cards provide a wide range of features and extra system capacity. Thanks to the convenient Quick -Lok mounting system, option cards snap onto the DIN mounting rails easily and securely. Wallboxes are available in two sizes with room for either five or 12 single-space option cards. Both sizes of wallbox feature easily -accessible mounting rails and plenty of room for cabling. PS6 Power Supply Card Description The PS6 provides primary dc power to all the circuit cards installed in the cabinet. There are four 24 Vdc power output circuits - three for powering auxiliary applications, and one for powering four -wire smoke detectors - and a charging circuit for standby batteries. The P56 also provides common alarm, supervisory, and trouble relays, as well as a fourth relay that is user programmable. Wiring 1 Rm. a nnMv biz malo,N 4.1rN Nam or BOMB, PaMS connefona for ;,,m TB2 1 NO C NC C NO C NO C NO NU + — + — RTS TN NX L0J NEIAYI NEW 2 RBAV6 RELAY. Swig R606 RS232 ACC PAR TB1 BATYPNR N.G AUXPON6N NW NA¢ CON NM COI ®p®p®1 Relay 1 Form C. Contacts change position when the control panel processes an alarm signal and remain changed until all active alarm inputs restore and the control panel resets. Relay 2: Form A. Contacts change position when the panel processes a supervisory signal and remains changed until all active supervisory inputs restore. Relay 3: Form A. Contacts change position when the panel loses power or processes o trouble signal and remains changed until power returns or the trouble clears. Relay 4: Form A. Relay closes and opens according to panel programming. Smoke/Accessory Power. Jumper setting determines if the 24 Vdc is constant or resettable. SLIC Signature Loop Intelligent Controller Description The SLIC provides one Class A or Class B data circuit (loop) for connecting Signature Series detectors and modules. The SLIC also provides two programmable Class A or Class B notifica- tion appliance circuits (NACs) for connecting polarized 24 Vdc notification appliances such as horns and strobes. QS1 supports one SLIC. Wiring ClassA CIassA EOL r !NOL1 Pr n n 00000000 B+ 8- A+ A- BO B- A+ A - NAC 1 NAC 2 OUT IN LOOP A+ A- B+ B-. 00000000 TB1 N Class TB2 Signaling Line Circuit and NACs are super- vised and power - limited. 12 -option card cobinet with option cards batteries installed. Specifications Standard Component Main supply circuit AC input 115 or 230 Vac, 50/60 Hertz OC input: 24 Vdc batteries Battery charging circuit Charge current 2 amps Charge capacity: 40 amp hours (UU 30 amp hours (ULC) Smoke/Accessory power output circuit Auxiliary power output circuits Voltage: 24 Vdc, regulated Current: 250 mA Wire size: 12 to 18 (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Quantity: 3 Voltage: 24 vdc: full wave rectified Current 1.5 amps each Common alarm relay Style: Form C Contact rating_ 1 amp Wire size: 12 to 18 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Trouble, Supervisory and programmable relays Operating environment Style: Form A (N/0) Contact rating: 1 amp Wire size: 12 to 18 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Temperature: 32 - 120° F (0 - 49° C) Humidity: 93 %RH, non -condensing Current requirements Standby current 72 mA Alarm current: 96 mA Option Card Specifications Signaling line circuit Configuration: Cross B (Style 4) or Class A (Style 7) Capacity: 125 Signature detectors 125 Signature modules Wire size: 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Circuit resistance: 65 ohms Circuit capacitance: 0.3 ) if Configuration: Class 8 or Cass A Notification Output voltage: 24 Vdc, nominal appliance Output current 2.0 A at 24 Vdc for #1 circuits #1 and 0.8 A at 24vdc for #2 and #2 Wire size: 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) End of line resistor: 10k ohms, 1/2 W NAC power input circuit Voltage: 24 Vdc, nominal Wire size: 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Operating Temperature: 32 -120° F (0 - 49° C) environment Humidity: 93 %RH, non -condensing Current Standby current 33 mA requirements Alarm current: 57 mA (Both NACs on) Card spaces Requires one card space. Data Sheet8500S-0114 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 10 ZA8-2, ZB16-4 Zone Cards Description The 2816-4 Zone Card provides sixteen circuits for connecting Class B conventional input and output zones. Twelve circuits are dedicated initiating device circuits IIDCs) for connecting 2 -wire smoke detectors and dry - contact initiating devices. Four circuits can be configured as either IDCs or as notifica- tion appliance circuits (NACs) for connecting polarized 24 Vdc notification appliances such as horns or strobes. Wiring (ZB16-41 TB2 00000000 0000000000 + - +.7 + - +.7 4 - +.7 + - + - + z. zs z5 v za m T81 TB1 T82 Z10 211 212 211 214 215 218 R1 82 HEM The ZA8-2 Zone Card provides eight circuits for connecting Class A conventional input and output zones. Six circuits are dedicated initiating device circuits IIDCs) for connecting 2 -wire smoke detec- tors and dry -contact initiating devices. The remaining two circuits con be configured as either IDCs or as notification appliance circuits (NACs) for connecting polarized 24 Vdc notification appliances such as homs or strobes. Wiring (ZA8-2) c416h16M- 00000000 ZONE5 ZONE ZONE7 ZONE8 NACPWR +8- 4A- +8- +A- +B- +A- +B- +A- +IN- TB2 0000000000 781 DLD Dialer Description The DLD is a ULI/ULC listed dual line Digital Alarm Com- municating Transmitter (DACTJ. It provides two phone line connections for sending system messages to a compatible Digital Alarm Communicator Receiver. The DLD supports 4/2 and Contact ID formats. It occupies one card space on the chassis rail. s�RBE Wiring R,LR BPN40810.AOR CONNECTORFOR PHONE UNE *1 Iwv low NO ITTAPS PERMITTED t+a OR MO - #11 t� 1(....A7tr-delRED PREMISES PHONES TO PHONE LINE 82 FAIRED PH 18 AS 00000(0<0 T81 TIP RNG T1P RNG 1IP RNG T1P RNG IN OUT IN OUT 184E1 UNE2 62113 8 PIN MODULAR CONNECTOR FOR PHONE LINE R2 NI] Specifications 2B16-4 Option Cards ZA8-2 Initiating device circuits Quantity 12 to 16 6 to 8 Wiring configuration Class 8 Class A Detector voltage 19.9 - 24.0 Vdc, max ripple 400 mV End of line resistor 4.7k ohms, 1/2W Short circuit current 31 mA, max. Resistance 50 Ohms, max. Capacitance 100 pF, max. NAC power input circui Voltage 24 Vdc Wire size 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Notification appliance circuits Quantity 1 to 4 1 or 2 Wiring configuration Class B Class A End of line resistor 10k ohms, 12W Output voltage 24 Vdc, nominal Output current 2.0 A, 24 Vdc Wire size 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Operating environment Temperature 32-120° F (0-49° C) Humidity 93 %RH, non -condensing Current requirements Standby 117 mA 73 mA Alarm 152 mA 116 mA Maximum cards in panel Three (48 zones) Five (40 zones) 40 zones maximum when both Z816-4 and ZA8-2 cards installed. Card Spaces Requires two card spaces. Option Card Specifications Operating environment Temperature: 32 - 120 ° F (0 - 49 ° C) Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Current requirements Standby: 13 mA Alarm: 20 mA Dialing: 26 mA Phone lines Two loop start lines on switched telephone network. Pulse or DTMF dialing. Wall Connector RJ31X/CA31A equiv. or RJ38X/CA38A equiv. Communications Protocol Contact ID (SIA DC -05(, 4/2 (SIA DC -02 P3). Programming Via QuickStart, Front Panel or PC. Communications Communications Canada CS-03FCC/CFR 47 Parts Compliance 15 and 68, NFPA 72, ULI 864, ULC S527 -M87 Receivers Signals can be transmitted to either or both of two receivers. Telephone #s Two 24 -digit numbers per receiver. Card spaces Requires one card space. Data Sheet 85005-0114 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 7 of 10 SL30, SL30-1, SL20L5S, SL3OL LED/Switch Cards Option Cards Description The SL30 and SL30-1 provide thirty circuits for zone annunciation. Each circuit comprises two LEDs and a push button switch. The SL30 push button switches are numbered from 1 to 30 and the SL30-1 push button switches are numbered from 31 to 60. The SL20L5S provides 20 circuits for point annunciation and five circuits for custom control functions. The SL3OL provides 30 circuits for point annunciation. SL20L5S and SL3OL circuits are labeled using inserts provided with the cards. ZR8 Relay Card Description The ZR8 provides eight dry -contact relays that can be independently configured as Form A or Form 8 relays. It occupies one card space on the chassis rail. Wiring +R5- +Rf +R7- +R8- 00000000 A A A 00000000 +R1- +R2- +RS- +R4 - T81 Te: X485 Class A RS -485 Card and QS -232 Port Description The NT -A, which includes the X485/ RS -485 card and QS-232/UART port, provides one Class A serial remote annunciator bus for connecting remote annunciator panels. Control panels require the X485 card and QS -232 port, which also serves as a laptop or printer port. The X485 oc- cupies one card space on the chassis rail. The QS -232 port plugs into the panel CPU. Wiring TB1 T82 CH -2 CHT QS -232 Specifications Operating environment Temperature: 32 -120 ° F (0 - 49 ° CI Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Current requirements Standby: lmA Alarm: 0.75 mA per active LEO Option Card Specifications Style: Form A (N/0) or Form 8 IN/C) (jumper configurable( Output relays Contact rating: 1 amp CI 30 Vdc resistive. Wire size: 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Operating Temperature: 32 -120° F (0 - 49° C) environment Humidity: 93 %RH. non -condensing Current Standby: 11 mA requirements Alarm: odd 18 mA per active relay Card spaces Requires one cord space. Option Cards Specifications Wire size 12 to 18 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) twisted pair (6 twists per foot minimum) Circuit resistance 100 Ohms Circuit capacitance 0.4 pF Operating environment Temperature: 32 -120° F (0 - 49° CI Humidity: 93 %RH, noncondensing Current requirements Standby: 60 mA Alarm: 60 mA Card Spaces Requires one space for the NT -A Data Sheet 85005-0114 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 8 of 10 'Ordering Information Part Number Description Basic Package - Enclosure, Power Supply, CPU and Display, 115v transformer... Ship Wt. Ib. (kg.) QS4-5-G-1 Intelligent/Conventional System. Five option card spaces. Gray. 17.0 (7.71) QS4-5-R-1 intelligent/Conventional System. Five op tion 17.0 (7.71) card spaces. Red. QS4-12-G-1 Intelligent/Conventional System. 12 option card spaces. Gray. QS-Cablel2 required. 30.0 (13.61) QS4-12-R-1 Intelligent/Conventional System. 12 option card spaces. Red. QS-Cablel2 required. 30.0 (13.61) Enclosure Accessories QS -2 -VR QS -2 -VR -R QS-Cable12 Trim -5 Trim -5R Trim -12 Trim -12R Vandal -resistant cabinet door, gray Vandal -resistant cabinet door, red Expansion Cable for 12 -option card cabinets. Gray Flush mount trim ring for QS -5-G-1. Red Flush mount trim ring for QS -5-R-1. Gray Flush mount trim ring for QS -12-G-1. Red Flush mount trim ring for QS -12-R-1. 3.0 (1.36) 3.0(1.36) 0.5 (0.23) 5.0 (2.27) 5.0 (2.27) 8.0 (3.63) 8.0 (3.63) Initiating/Notification Circuit Option Cards Signature Loop Intelligent Controller. SLIC Supports one SLC of up to 250 devices. Card 1.0 (0.45) includes one Class A or two Class 8 NACs. Conventional Zone Card. 16 Class B circuits, 2816-4 four convertible to Class B NAC's. Requires 2 2.0 (0.91) card spaces. Conventional Zone Cord. Eight Class A ZA8-2 circuits, two convertible to Class A NAC's. Requires 2 card spaces. 2.0 (0.91) Other Option Cards DLD formats. Dual line Dialer. Supports 4/2 & Contact ID 1.0 (0.45) ZR8 Relay Cord. 8 programmable Form A contacts. 1.0 (0.45) Display Options SL30 Two LEDs and one switch per zone. Annunciator module. Numbered 1 to 30. 1.0 (0.45) SL30-1 Annunciator module. Numbered 31 to 60. Two LEDs and one switch per zone. 1.0 (0.45) Annunciator module. 20 circuits for point SL20L5S or zone annunciation, 5 circuits for custom functions. Circuits labeled with insert card. 1.010.451 SL30L Annunciator module. Circuits labeled with insert card. NT -A RS -485 option card. Required for Class A remote annunciation.. Includes UART card. Part Description Number Remote Annunciator Cabinets (c/w Interface Assembly., Require CPU/Display)... Ship Wt. ib. (kg.) QSA-1-S QSA-1-F QSA-2-S QSA-2-F QSA-1-S-VR Surface Annunciator Cabinet. Holds one SL30. Flush Annunciator Cabinet. Holds one S130. Surface Annunciator Cabinet. Holds two S130s. Flush Annunciator Cabinet. Holds two SL30s. Surface Annunciator Cabinet. Vandal resistant. Holds one 5130. 4.0 (1.81) 4.0 (1.81) 5.012.27) 5.0 (2.27) 4.0 (1.81) QSA-1-F-VR Holds one 5130. Flush Annunciator Cabinet. Vandal resistant. 4.0 (1.81) QSA-2-S-VR QSA-2-F-VR Surface Annunciator Cabinet. Vandal resistant. Holds two SL30s. Flush Annunciator Cabinet. Vandal resistant. Holds two SL30s. 5.0 (2.27) 5.0 (2.27) Programming Tools QS -CU QS -Scan Progcable-1 260097 Accessories QuickStart Panel Configuration Utility. QuickStart scanner and programming guide. Scanner port upload/download cable Programming cable (PC to QSC, QS1, QS4) 1.0 (0.45) 2.0 (0.91) 1.0 (0.45) 1.010.45) PT -1S SystemPrinter - Desk top Style Battery Cabinet. Holds 140 Ah or 2 24 Ah batteries. BC -1(R) 14.0 (635) 22.0 (9.98) MFC -A 10P3A RPM 2 -CTM API- 8/232ME MultiFunction Cabinet. RS -232 Isolator Module. Reverse Polarity Module. City Tie Module. 7.0 (3.1) 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.361 1.0(0.45) Alphanumeric Pager Interface. 11.0 (5.0) BPS6A BPS10A CDR -3 6.5 Amp Booster Power Supply, 110 V 10 Amp Booster Power Supply, 110 V PSNI Coder Module 13.015.9) 13.0(5.9) 1.0 (0.45) Ordering options (Apply to basic packages and CPU/displays only) Languages No suffix = American English SP = Spanish (230v or 115v) PG = Portuguese (230v only) FR = French Canadian (120v only) Power Supplies 1.0 (0.45) 1=115v transformer 2 = 230v transformer 1.0 (0.45) UART option card. Plugs into CPU. Required QS -232 for PC Programming / printer port. Included in NT -A package 1.0 (0.45) Remote Annunciator CPUs QS4-CPU-1 Intelligent/Conventional CPU/Display. One annunciator option space. Order backbox below. 4.0 (1.81) Intelligent/Conventional CPU/Display. Two QS4-CPU-2 annunciator option spaces. Order backbox below. Colors G = Grey enclosure (230v or 115v) R = Red enclosure (115v only) Examples QS4-5-G-2-SP = QS4 basic package with fieve option card spoces, grey enclosure, 230v transformer, Span- ish language. QS4-CPU-2-FR = QS4 CPU/display, two annunciator option spaces, French Canadian. Which Qwckstart Panel is right for you? QSC Signature Series devices supported 0 QS1 QS4 1x250 4x250 Conventional Class B circuits supported 3 x 16 0 3x16 4.0 11.81) Conventional Class A circuits supported 5 x 8 EST-SRA4 Intelligent/Conventional CPU/Display with integrated LCD and control switches. 4' square box mount. 0 5x8 LCD display (lines x characters) 4 x 20 14 x 16 14 x 16 Optional Zone Switch/LEDs on front panel 2 x 30 4.0 (1.81) Option cord spoces 5 or 12 1x30 2x30 1 5or12 For more information, see Data Sheet ... 85005 -0112 85005 -0113 85005 -0114 Data Sheet 85005-0114 Issue 6 Not to be used for Installation purposes. Page 9 of 10 • GE Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est ® 2006 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved QuickStart and Signature Series are Trademarks of GE Security. imagination at work Data Sheet 85005-0114 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 10 of 10 QuickStart Remote Annunciator Product description The QuickStart Remote Annunciator provides remote annunciation for QuickStart systems. It features a 24 -line by 80 -character back -lit liquid crystal display, system status LEDs, common control switches, and a security key switch. Models are available for single loop and multiple loop QuickStart systems. See Table 1 for model numbers and descriptions. The annunciator is a standalone unit that can be powered by the control panel or by an approved power supply. It supports Class A or Class B connection to the system RS -485 data line, but does not provide ground fault isolation. The QuickStart Remote Annunciator includes an RJ -12 modular jack to allow system database downloads from a laptop computer. Connection requires a programming cable (model number PROGCABLE-1, ordered separately). Table 1: QuickStart remote annunciators Model Description ADT-SRA1, EST- Single loop remote annunciator SRA1, MIR-SRA1 ADT-SRA4, EST- Multiple loop remote annunciator SRA4, MIR-SRA4 Specifications Dimensions (H x W x D): 5-5/8 x 8-3/8 x 1-1/2 in (14.29 x 21.27 x 3.38 cm) Mounting: North American 2 -gang or 4 -inch square electrical box Wiring Power: 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.50 sq mm) Data: 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.50 sq mm) twisted pair (6 twists per foot minimum) Operating voltage: 17 to 24 Vdc or Vfwr, continuous. Supply must be a Regulated, Power -limited UUULC Listed power supply for fire protective signaling use. You can use the Installation Sheet QuickStart Remote Annunciator QuickStart panel smoke accessory power output (24 Vdc) provided it is jumpered for continuous operation. Do not use the QuickStart panel auxiliary power output (24 Vfwr) as it is not continuous. Operating current Standby: 70 mA Alarm: 90 mA Operating environment Temperature: 32 to 120 °F (0 to 49 °C) Humidity: 93% RH, noncondensing Installation instructions Caution: This product contains components that are sensitive to static electricity. Failure to use proper handling may cause equipment damage. For correct operation, you must download the project database to the annunciator, using the QuickStart Configuration Utility. Refer to the Technical Reference Manual for downloading instructions. You can download when installing the unit, or at any time after installation. To install the annunciator: .a..- ..---^zs=.-�....r ...- 1 Secure the mounting ring to the electrical box, as shown in Figure 1, drawing A. 2. Connect the field wiring to the appropriate annunciator terminals, per Figure 3 (Class A) or Figure 4 (Class B). Note: Leave enough wire 10 easily remove and position the annunciator for downloading. 3. Slide the top of the annunciator onto the top flange of the mounting ring. 4. Push the bottom of the annunciator over the stud -nut, as shown in Figure 1, drawing B. 5. Secure the bottom of the annunciator to the adapter ring using the captive screw. 6. Cover the screw hole with the product label plate. A N Mounting ring Field wiring Electrical box Field wiring B — Annunciator Figure 1: Installing the annunciator 13OCT05 W. P/N: 3100746 REV: 1.0 1/2 'TM 0 Reset 0 Power o Ahern A ODa,d Oou 0 Trouble 0 (_ ' r. l41 Fide on MOB B .Ent ., [] Lenw Test Contras On O The QuickStart Remote Annunciator provides remote annunciation for QuickStart systems. It features a 24 -line by 80 -character back -lit liquid crystal display, system status LEDs, common control switches, and a security key switch. Models are available for single loop and multiple loop QuickStart systems. See Table 1 for model numbers and descriptions. The annunciator is a standalone unit that can be powered by the control panel or by an approved power supply. It supports Class A or Class B connection to the system RS -485 data line, but does not provide ground fault isolation. The QuickStart Remote Annunciator includes an RJ -12 modular jack to allow system database downloads from a laptop computer. Connection requires a programming cable (model number PROGCABLE-1, ordered separately). Table 1: QuickStart remote annunciators Model Description ADT-SRA1, EST- Single loop remote annunciator SRA1, MIR-SRA1 ADT-SRA4, EST- Multiple loop remote annunciator SRA4, MIR-SRA4 Specifications Dimensions (H x W x D): 5-5/8 x 8-3/8 x 1-1/2 in (14.29 x 21.27 x 3.38 cm) Mounting: North American 2 -gang or 4 -inch square electrical box Wiring Power: 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.50 sq mm) Data: 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.50 sq mm) twisted pair (6 twists per foot minimum) Operating voltage: 17 to 24 Vdc or Vfwr, continuous. Supply must be a Regulated, Power -limited UUULC Listed power supply for fire protective signaling use. You can use the Installation Sheet QuickStart Remote Annunciator QuickStart panel smoke accessory power output (24 Vdc) provided it is jumpered for continuous operation. Do not use the QuickStart panel auxiliary power output (24 Vfwr) as it is not continuous. Operating current Standby: 70 mA Alarm: 90 mA Operating environment Temperature: 32 to 120 °F (0 to 49 °C) Humidity: 93% RH, noncondensing Installation instructions Caution: This product contains components that are sensitive to static electricity. Failure to use proper handling may cause equipment damage. For correct operation, you must download the project database to the annunciator, using the QuickStart Configuration Utility. Refer to the Technical Reference Manual for downloading instructions. You can download when installing the unit, or at any time after installation. To install the annunciator: .a..- ..---^zs=.-�....r ...- 1 Secure the mounting ring to the electrical box, as shown in Figure 1, drawing A. 2. Connect the field wiring to the appropriate annunciator terminals, per Figure 3 (Class A) or Figure 4 (Class B). Note: Leave enough wire 10 easily remove and position the annunciator for downloading. 3. Slide the top of the annunciator onto the top flange of the mounting ring. 4. Push the bottom of the annunciator over the stud -nut, as shown in Figure 1, drawing B. 5. Secure the bottom of the annunciator to the adapter ring using the captive screw. 6. Cover the screw hole with the product label plate. A N Mounting ring Field wiring Electrical box Field wiring B — Annunciator Figure 1: Installing the annunciator 13OCT05 W. P/N: 3100746 REV: 1.0 1/2 • Wiring diagrams Mounting slot RJ -12 Download jack Communication LEDs Data terminals I�J COVI1111.51,OJUSra Power terminals Contrast pot Figure 2: Rear view showing the location of terminals and controls LISTED 24 VDC SUPPLY 24 VDC + 0 24 VDC – 0 Annunciator 9 CH2(–)OUT (?) CH2(+)OUT CH2(–)IN —0 CH2(+)IN —0 9 CH1(–)OUT 9 CH1(+)OUT CH1(–)IN CH1(+)IN CH1(+)IN 0 +24VDC OUT 9 +24VDC OUT 0 COMMON OUT +24VDC —0 IN —.0 COMMON IN COMMON IN —0 GND —0 EARTH GND Annunciator 0 CH2(–)OUT 0 CH2(+)OUT —0 CH2(–)IN CH2(+)IN —0 0 CH1(–)OUT 0 CH1(+)OUT —0 CH1(–)IN CH1(+)IN CH1(+)IN 0 +24VDC OUT 0 COMMON OUT —0 +24VDC IN ---0 COMMON IN —.0 COMMON IN EARTH —0 GND Figure 3: Class A wiring LISTED 24 VDC SUPPLY 24 VDC + 0 24 VDC – 0 Annunciator 0 CH2(–)OUT 0 CH2(+)OUT 0 CH2(–)IN 0 CH2(+)IN 9 CH1(–)OUT 9 CH1(+)OUT —0 CH1(–)IN CH1(+)IN CH1(+)IN 9 +24VDC OUT () COMMON OUT +24VDC IN ---0 COMMON IN —0 COMMON IN --0 GND —0 EARTH GND Annunciator 0 CH2(–)OUT 0 CH2(+)OUT 0 CH2(–)IN 0 CH2(+)IN 0 CH1(–)OUT 0 CH1(+)OUT —0 CH1(–)IN CH1(+)IN —0 0 +24VDC OUT 0 COMMON OUT —0 +24VDC IN ---0 COMMON IN EARTH --0 GND Figure 4: Class B wiring P/N: 3100746 REV: 1.0 2/2 130CT05 Installation Sheet QuickStart Remote Annunciator GE Security Overview The SIGA-270 and SIGA-278 series Manual Pull Stations are part of GE Security's Signature Series system. The SIGA-270 Fire Alarm Manual Pull Stations feature our very familiar teardrop shape. They are made from die-cast zinc and finished with red epoxy pow- der -coat paint complemented by aluminum colored stripes and markings. With positive pull -lever operation, one pull on the station handle breaks the glass rod and turns in a positive alarm, ensuring protection plus fool -proof operation. Presignal models (SIGA-270P) are equipped with a general alarm (GA) keyswitch for applications where two stage operation is required. The up -front highly visible glass rod discourages tampering, but is not required for proper operation. GE Security's double action single stage SIGA-278 station is a contemporary style manual station made from durable red colored lexan. To initiate an alarm, first lift the upper door marked "LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE", then pull the alarm handle. Standard Features Note: Some features described here may not be supported by all control systems. Check your control panel's Installation and Operation Guide for details. • Traditional familiar appearance SIGA-270 models feature our familiar teardrop design with simple positive pull action and sturdy die-cast metal body. • One stage (GA), two stage (pre -signal), and double action models SIGA-270 models are available for one or two stage alarm sys- tems. The single stage double action SIGA-278 features a rugged Lexan housing with keyed reset mechanism. Manual Pull Stations SIGA-270, SIGA-270P, SIGA-278 EST Fire & Life Safety Intelligent Initiating Devices • Break glass operation An up -front visible glass rod on the SIGA-270 discourages tam- pering. • Intelligent device with integral microprocessor AO decisions are made at the station allowing lower communica- tion speed while substantially improving control panel response time. Less sensitive to line noise and loop wiring properties; twisted or shielded wire is not required. • ADA Compliant Meets ADA requirements for manual pull stations. • Electronic Addressing with Non-volatile memory Permanently stores programmable address, serial number, type of device, and job number. Automatically updates historic information including hours of operation, last maintenance date, number of alarms and troubles, and time and date of last alarm. • Automatic device mapping Each station transmits wiring nformation to the loop controller regarding its location with respect to other devices on the circuit. • Stand-alone operation The station inputs an alarm even if the loop controller's polling interrogation stops. • Diagnostic LEDs Status LEDs; flashing GREEN shows normal polling; flashing RED shows alarm state. • Designed for high ambient temperature operation Install in ambient temperatures up to 120 °F (49 °C). (u�c MEA °tented Data Sheet 85001-0279 Issue 8 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 4 Application The operating characteristics of the fire alarm stations are deter- mined by their sub -type code or "Personality Code". NORMALLY - OPEN ALARM - LATCHING (Pesonality Code 1) is assigned by the factory; no user configuration is required. The device is configured for Class B IDC operation. An ALARM signal is sent to the loop con- troller when the station's pull lever is operated. The alarm condition is latched at the station. Compatibility Signature Series manual stations are compatible only with GE Secu- rity's Signature Loop Controller. Warnings & Cautions This device will not operate without electrical power. As fires fre- quently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. Testing & Maintenance To test (or reset) the station simply open the station and operate the exposed switch. The SIGA-270 series are opened with a tool; the SIGA-278 requires the key which is supplied with that station. The stotion's automatic self-diagnosis identifies when it is defec- tive and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each Signature series device and other pertinent messages. Single devices may be deactivated temporarily, from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Au- thority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards. Typical Wiring The fire alarm station's terminal block accepts #18 AWG (0.75mm2) to #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire sizes. See Signature Loop Controller cata- log sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Wiring Notes A Refer to Signature Loop Controller manual for maximum wire distance. 2. All wiring is power limited and supervised. REAR VIEW of 278 Red LED j ( 1 Green LED (Alarm/Active) I.. ;� �:r ` (Normal) {( DATA IN (+) l DATA IN From Signature Controller or Previous Device LJ DATA OUT (+)1 DATA OUT (-) JF To Next Device Figure 4. Single Stage Systems REAR VIEW of 270P. 270PB Red LED I'`::d'��✓,.d. tj :,r�,;}u _. Green LED (Alarm/ActNe) E ]';.''' 'L.: ~- "•� (Normal) DATA IN (+) DATA IN(-) From Signature Controller or Previous Device A DATA OUT (+)} DATA OUT (-) To Next Device Figure 5. Two Stage Systems Data Sheet 85001-0279 Issue 8 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 4 Installation Single -stage Signature Series fire alarm manual pull stations mount to North American 21/ inch (64 mm) deep 1 -gang boxes. Two stage presignal (270P) models require 11/2 inch (38 mm) deep 4 -inch square boxes with 1 -gang, /-inch raised covers. Openings must be angular. Rounded openings are not acceptable. Recommended box: Steel City Model 52-C-13; in Canada, use Ibervi)le Model CI -52-C-49-1/2. All models include terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size. GE Security recommends that these fire alarm stations be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Electronic Addressing: The loop controller electronically addresses each manual station, saving valuable time during system commission- ing. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each station has its own unique serial number stored in its on -board memory. The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired, the stations can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. Compatible Electrical Box Key -Latch Cover Release OPEN Figure 1. SIGA-278 installation Cover Release s 4— Compatible Electrical Box with Winch raised covers Do not use boxes with rounded openings. Glass Rod Release lever Figure 3. SIGA-270P, SIGC-270PB installation Compatible Electrical Box Cover Release Screw Back Plate Toggle Switch Glass Rod Release Lever Figure 2. SIGA-270, SIGC-270F, SIGC-2706 installation Data Sheet 85001-0279 Issue 8 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 4 Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.corniest © 2007 General Electric Company AH Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security. Specifications Catalog Number : ', . St6iV270 SiGC-4701.- -::-- ,:::;;$i#47tw", ,-, : -'-'':.:516A.2:276 '-',' . SIGC-270P8 =:, , :: SIGA 278 Description Single Action - One Stage Single Action -Two Stage (Presignal) Double Action - One Stage Addressing Requirements Uses 1 Module Address Uses 2 Module Addresses Uses 1 Module Address Operating Current Standby = 250pA Activated = 400pA Standby = 396pA Activated = 630pA Standby = 250pA Activated = 400pA Construction & Finish Diecast Zinc - Red Epoxy with aluminum markings Lexon - Red with white markings Type Code Factory Set Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Storage and Operating Environment Operating Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 140°F1 -20°C to 60°C) Humidity: 0 to 93% RH LED Operation On -board Green LED - Flashes when polled On -board Red LED - Flashes w hen in alarm Both LEDs - Glow steady when in alarm (stand-alone) Compatibility Use With: Signature Loop Controller Agency Listings UL, ULC (note 1), MEA, CSFM Note: SIGC-270F, SIGC-270B and SIGC-270PB are ULC listed only Suffix "F" indicates French markings. Suffix "8'. indicates English/French biting ual markings. Ordering Information Cothlog, -- Ship Wt Number,=:.: r.1iliaS11(§); SIGA-270 One Stage Fire Alarm Station, English Markings - UIJULC Listed SIGC-270F One Stage Fire Alarm Station, French Markings - ULC Listed SIGC-2708 One Stage Fire Alarm Station, French/English Markings - ULC Listed SIGA-270P Two Stage (Presignal) Fire Alarm Station, English Markings - WIRE Listed SIGC-270PB Two Stage (Presignal) Fire Alarm Station, French/Englh Markings - ULC Listed Double Action (One Stage) Fire Alarm Station, English Markings SIGA-278 - UL/ULC Listed 1 (0.51 32997 GA Key w/Tag - for pre -signal station (CANADA ONLY) 276-K2 GA Key - for pre -signal station (USA ONLY) 276-K1 Station Reset Key, Supplied with all Key Reset Stations 27165 12 Glass Rods - for SIGA-270 series (CANADA ONLY) 270-GLR 20 Glass Rods - for SIGA-270 series (USA ONLY) 276-GLR 20 Glass Rods - for SIGA-278 series 0.1 (.05) 2768 -RSB Surface Mount Box, Red - for SIGA pull stations 1(0.6) imagination at work Data Sheet 85001-0279 issue 8 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 4 GE Security Overview The Signature Series Model SIGA-PS Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector gathers analog information from its smoke sensing ele- ment and converts it into digital signals. The detector's on -board microprocessor measures and analyzes these signals. It compares the information to historical readings and time patterns to make an alarm decision. Digital filters remove signal patterns that are not typical of fires. Unwanted alarms are virtually eliminated. The microprocessor in each detector provides four additional benefits - Self -diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication. Self -diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series detec- tor constantly runs self -checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the detector's non-volatile memory Automatic Device Mapping - The loop controller learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The mapping feature provides supervision of each device's installed location to prevent a detector from being rein- stalled (after cleaning etc.) in a different location from where it was originally. Stand-alone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the detector is guaranteed. On -board intelligence permits the detector to operate in stand-alone mode. If loop controller CPU communica- tions fail for more than four seconds, all devices on that circuit go into stand-alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector; EST Fire & Life Safety Intelligent Initiating Devices Fast Stable Communication - On -board intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the detector and the loop controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the detector only needs to communicate with the loop controller when it has something new to report. Standard Features • Integral microprocessor • Non-volatile memory • Automatic mapping device • Electronic addressing • Environmental compensation • Intelligent detector • Wide 0.67% to 3.77%/ft. sensitivity range • Twenty pre -alarm sensitivity values, set in 5% increments • Identification of dirty or defective detectors • Automatic day/night sensitivity adjustment • Twin RED/GREEN status LEDs • Standard, relay, fault isolator, and audible mounting bases • Designed and manufactured to ISO 9001 standards SIGA-PS Applimbon Notes Available Data Sheet 85001-0269 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 4 Installation Signature Series detectors mount to North American 1 -gang boxes, 3-1/2 inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, and to 4 inch square electrical boxes 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) deep. They mount to European BESA and 1 -gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. 4.4"(112mm) Tamper -Resist Lever Arm - Break off to disable - (Located on Base) Access Slot for Tamper -Resist Mechanism I0.8' (20 mm) 2.0° (51 mm) Testing & Maintenance Each detector automatically identifies when it is dirty or defective and causes a "dirty detector" message. The detector's sensitiv- ity measurement can also be transmitted to the loop controller. A sensitivity report can be printed to satisfy NFPA sensitivity measure- ments which must be conducted at the end of the first year and every two years thereafter. The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each detector and other pertinent messages. Single detectors may be turned off temporarily from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper detector operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Au- thority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards. Compatibility The SIGA-PS detectors are compatible only with the Signature Loop Controller. Warnings & Cautions This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires fre- quently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your fire protection specialist. This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector to alarm it. Accessories All detector mounting bases have wiring terminals that are acces- sible from the "room -side" after mounting the base to the electrical box. The bases mount to North American 1 -gang boxes and to 31/ inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, Ph inches (38 mm) deep. They also mount to European BESA and 1 -gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. The SIGA-SB4, SIGA-R84, and SIGA-IB4 mount to North American 4 inch sq. electrical boxes in addition to the above boxes. They include the SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt which is used to cover the "mounting ears" on the base. The SIGA-AB4G mounts to a 4" sqare box only. SIGA-AB4G Audible Base SIGA-S8 SIGA-IB SIGA-RB Standard Base Isolator ease Relay Base Standard Base SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 - This is the basic mounting base for GE Security Signature Series detectors. The SIGA-LED Remote LED is supported by the Standard Base. Relay Base SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 - This base includes a relay. Nor- mally open or closed operation is selected during installation. The dry contact is rated for 1 amp (pilot duty) @ 30 Vdc. The relay's position is supervised to avoid accidentally jarring it out of position. The SIGA- RB can be operated as a control relay if programmed to do so at the control panel (EST3 V.2 only). The relay base does not support the SIGA-LED Remote LED. Audible Base SIGA-AB4G - This base is designed for use where localized or group alarm signaling is required. When the detector senses an alarm condition, the audible base emits a local alarm signal. The optional SIGA-CRR Polarity Reversal Relay can be used for sounding to other audible bases on the same 24 Vdc circuit. Relay and Audible Bases operate as follows: - at system power -up or reset, the relay is de -energized - when a detector is installed in the base with the power on, the relay energizes for four seconds, then de -energizes - when a detector is removed from a base with the power on, the relay is de -energized - when the detector enters the alarm state, the relay is energized. Isolator Base SIGA-I8, SIGA-IB4 - This base includes a built-in line fault isolator for use on Class A circuits. A detector must be installed for it to operate. The isolator base does not support the SIGA-LED Remote LED. SIGA-LED Remote LED The isolator operates as follows: - a short on the line causes all isolators to open within 23 msec - at 10 msec intervals, beginning on one side of the Class A circuit nearest the loop controller, the isolators close to provide the next isolator down the line with power - when the isolator next to the short closes, reopens within 10 msec. The process repeats beginning on the other side of the loop con- troller. Remote LED SIGA-LED - The remote LED connects to the SIGA-SB or SIGA-SB4 Standard Base only. It features a North American size 1 -gang plastic faceplate with a white finish and red alarm LED. SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt - Supplied with 4 inch bases, it can also be ordered separately to use with the other bases to help hide surface imperfections not covered by the smaller bases. Data Sheet 85001-0269 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 4 Application Although photoelectric detectors have a wide range of fire sensing capabilities they are best suited for detecting slow, smoldering fires. The table below shows six standard test fires used to rate the sensitivity of smoke and heat detectors. The table indicates that no single sensing element is suited for all test fires. GE Security recommends that this detector be installed according to latest recognized edition of national -and local fire alarm codes. SIGA-HRS and-SiGft- HFSRate-if.Rise/,.'.' `SIGA-PHS ,_ r SIGA-IPHS', ..; <. Fixed Temp. Photo Heat 3t) Ion/Photo/Heat 40 optimum very suitable optimum Wood Pyrolysis Smouldering Cotton Poly Urethane Foam suitable very suitable very suitable optimum optimum very suitable unsuitable unsuitable suitable optimum optimum very suitable optimum optimum optimum n-Heptane optimum very suitable very suitable optimum optimum Liquid Fire without Smoke unsuitable unsuitable optimum very suitable very suitable Typical Wiring The detector mounting bases accept #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.Omm2), #14 AWG (1.5mm2), and #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Standard Detector Base, SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Max resistance per wire must not exceed 10 Ohms Term Description 1 Not Used 2 DATA IN/OUT (+) 3 Not Used 4 DATA IN (-I 5 Remote LED (-1 6 Remote LED (+) 7 Not Used 8 DATA OUT (-) DATA IN (-) a � �' DATA OUT (-) DATA IN I+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device DATA OUT I+) To Next Device Isolator Detector Base, SIGA-IB, SIGA-184 Term 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Description Not Used DMA IN/OUT (+1 DATA IN (-) Not Used Not Used DATA OUT (-) Not Used DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device DATA OUT (+) To Next Device Relay Detector Base, SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Common DATA IN (-) Normally- Normally - Closed Open DATA OUT (-) DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device DATA OUT (+) To Next Device Term 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Description Normally Open DATA IN/OUT (+) Common DATA IN (-I Not Used Normally -Closed DATA OUT (-) CONTACT RATING 1.0 Amp ©30VDC (Pilot Duty) Audible Detector Base, SIGA-AB4G Volume setting Default = High volume Cut for low volume 24 Vdc in . From power supply or + previous base Data in From Signature controfler or previous device Tone setting Default = Temporal pattern Cut for steady tone To configure output volume or tone, cut the dreuit board as shown. 24 Vdc out To next base or EOL relay Data out To next Signature device Data Sheet 85001-0269 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 4 GE Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 3227251120 F32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est © 2006 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security. Specifications Sensing Element Photoelectric - Light Scattering Principle Storage & Operating Environment Air Velocity Range: 0 to 5,000 ft/min (0 to 25.39 m/s); Humidity: 0 to 93% RH, Non -Condensing Operating Temp: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°0; Stor- age Temp: -4°F to 140°F (-20°Cto 60°C) Sensitivity Range ULI/ULC - 0.67% to 3.77% obscuration/foot User Selected Alarm Most Sensitive: 1.0%/ft.; More Sensitive: 2.0%/ft.; Normal: 2.5%/ft; Less Sensitivity Settings Sensitive: 3.0%/ft.; Least Sensitive: 3.5%/ft. Pre -alarm Sensitivity 5% increments, allowing up to 20 pre -alarm settings Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Operating Current Quiescent 45pA @ 19 V; Alarm: 45pA @ 19 V Emergency Stand-alone Alarm Mode: 18mA Pulse Current:100 pA (100 msec); During Communi- cation: 9 mA max. Construction & Finish High Impact Engineering Polymer - White Compatible Mounting SIGA-SB Standard Base, SIGA-RB Relay Base. SIGA-IB Isolator Base, SIGA- Bases A84, SIGA-A84G Audible Bases LED Operation On -board Green LED - Flashes when polled; On -board Red LED - Flashes when in alarm Both LEDs - Glow steady when in alarm (stand-alone) Compatible Remote Red LED (model SIGA LED) Flashes when in alarm Compatibility Use With: SIGNATURE Loop Controller Address Requirements Uses one Device Address Agency Listings UL, ULC, MEA, CSFM UL Listed Spacing 30 ft Ordering Information f=atal©g Description `, Number SIGA-PS Intelligent Photoelectric Detector - UVULC Listed Ship Wt.' Ids lkgh. 0.5 (.23) Accessories l' SIGA-SB Detector Mounting Base - Standard SIGA-SB4 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base c/w SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt SIGA-RB Detector Mounting Base w/Relay SIGA-RB4 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base w/Relay, c/w SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt 0.2 (.09) SIGA-IB Detector Mounting Base w/Fault Isolator SIGA-I84 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base w/ Fault Isolator, c/w SiGA-TS4 Trim Skirt SIGA-LED Remote Alarm LED SIGA-AB4G Audible (Sounder) Base SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt (supplied with 4 -inch bases) .3 (0.15) .1 (.04) imagination at work Data Sheet 85001-0269 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 4 'GE Security Overview Signature Series Model SIGA-HFS and SIGA-HRS Intelligent Heat Detectors gather analog information from their fixed temperature and/or rate -of -rise heat sensing elements and converts it into dig- ital signals. The detector's on -board microprocessor measures and analyzes these signals. It compares the information to historical readings and time patterns to make an alarm decision. Digital fil- ters remove signal patterns that are not typical of fires. Unwanted alarms are virtually eliminated. The microprocessor in each detector provides four additional ben- efits - Self -diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication. Intelligent Heat Detectors SIGA-HFS & SIGA-HRS EST Fire & Life Safety Intelligent Initiating Devices Standard Features Note: Some features described here may not be supported by all control systems. Check your control panel's Installation and Opera- tion Guide for details. • 70 foot (21.3 meter) spacing • 15° F (9° C)/min rate-of-rise/135° F (57° C) ft. and 135° F (57 ° C) fixed temperature type • Intelligent detector c/w integral microprocessor • Non-volatile memory • Automatic device mapping • Electronic addressing • Identification of defective detectors • Twin RED/GREEN status LEDs • Standard, relay, fault isolator, and audible mounting bases • Designed and manufactured to ISO 9001 standards (E io Application Notes Available Data Sheet 85001-0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 6 Signature Series Overview Self -diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series detec- tor constantly runs self -checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the detector's non-volatile memory. This information is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or by using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. In the unlikely event that an unwanted alarm does take place, the control panel's history file can be called up to help isolate the prob- lem and prevent it from happening again. Automatic Device Mapping - The loop controller learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. This mapping feature provides supervision of each device's installed location to prevent a detector from being reinstalled (after cleaning etc.) in a different location from where it was originally. The history log for the detector remains relevant and intact regardless of its new location. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "as -built" drawing information showing wire branches (T -taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy. This takes the mystery out of the installation. The preparation of as -built drawings is fast and efficient. Stand-alone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the detector is guaranteed. On -board intelligence permits the detector to operate in stand-alone mode. If loop controller CPU communica- tions fail for more than four seconds, all devices on that circuit go into stand-alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each detector on the circuit continues to collect and analyze information from its surroundings. Both the SIGA-HRS and SIGA-HFS detectors alarm if the ambient temperature increases to 135°F (57°C) or for the SIGA-HRS only, the temperature increases at a rate exceeding 15°F (9°C)/minute. If the detector is mounted to a relay base, the relay operates. Similarly, if it is mounted to an audible base, the on -board horn sounds. Fast Stable Communication - On -board intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the detector and the loop controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the detector only needs to communicate with the control panel when it has something new to report. This provides very fast control panel response time and allows a lower baud rate (speed) to be used for communication on the circuit. The lower baud rate offers several advantages including: - less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics - less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable - less emitted noise from the data wiring - twisted or shielded wiring is not required Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically addresses each detector, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each detector has its own unique serial number stored in its on -board memory. The loop controller identifies each device on the circuit and assigns a "soft" address to that device's serial number. If desired, detectors can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. Installation Spacing - The SIGA-HFS fixed temperature) and the SIGA-HRS 'fixed temperature/rate-of-rise combination) intelligent heat detectors are rated for installation at up to 70 foot (21.3 meter) spacing. These detectors may be installed in rooms with ambient temperatures up to 100°F (38°C). Status LEDs - Twin LEDs are visible from any direction. A flashing GREEN LED shows normal system polling from the loop controller. A flashing RED LED means the detector is in alarm state. Both LEDs on steady shows alarrn state - stand-alone mode. Normal GREEN LED activity is not distracting to building occupants, but can be quickly spotted by a maintenance technician. Quality and Reliability - GE Security detectors are manufactured in North America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electronics utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size and greater immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for humidity and corrosion resistance. All critical contacts are gold plated. Installation Signature Series detectors mount to North American 1 -gang boxes, 3-1/2 inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, and to 4 inch square electrical boxes 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) deep. They mount to European BESA and 1 -gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. 10.8' (20 mm) ►®I 4.4' (112 mm) Tamper -Resist Lever Arm - Break off to disable - (Located on Base) Access Slot for Tamper -Resist Mechanism 2.0' (51 mm) Data Sheet 85001-0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 6 "Application The table below shows six standard test fires used to rate the sensitivity of smoke and heat detectors. The table indicates that no single sensing element is suited for all test fires. GE Security recommends that this detector be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. SIGA-HRS and SIGA HFS Rate -of, Rise/ .SIGA-PHS . SIGA-IPHS " Test Fire. : SIGA-IS lon >; SIGA=PS Photo : Fixed Temp: ' "Photo Heat 30 " Ion/Photo/Heat 40. Open Wood optimum unsuitable optimum very suitable optimum Wood Pyrolysis suitable optimum unsuitable optimum optimum Smouldering Cotton Poly Urethane Foam n-Heptane very suitable optimum unsuitable optimum optimum very suitable very suitable suitable very suitable optimum optimum very suitable very suitable optimum optimum Liquid Fire without Smoke unsuitable unsuitable optimum very suitable very suitable Typical Wiring The detector mounting bases will accept #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.Omm2), #14 AWG (1.5mm2), and #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. DATA IN 1-) Standard Detector Base, SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Max resistance per wire must not exceed 10 Ohms DATA IN 1+) From Signature Controller nr Prouirnlc nauiro Term Description 1 Not Used 2 DATA IN/OUT (+) 3 Not Used 4 DATA IN (-) 4 Remote LED (-) 5 Remote LED (+) 6 Not Used 7 DATA OUT (-) DATA OUT (-1 DATA OUT 1+: To Next Device Isolator Detector Base, SIGA-IB, SIGA-1B4 Term Description 1 Not Used 2 DATA IN/OUT (+) 3 DATA IN (-) 4 Not Used 5 Not Used 6 DATA OUT (-I 7 Not Used DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device DATA OUT (+) To Next Device Relay Detector Base, SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Common Normally- Normally - Closed Open Term Description 1 Normally -Open 2 DATA IN/OUT (+) 3 Common 4 DATA IN I-) 5 Not Used 6 Normally -Closed 7 DATA OUT (-) CONTACT RATING 1.0 Amp © 30 VDC (Pilot Duty) DATA IN (-) ` (� z j L// DATA OUT (-) DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device DATA OUT (+) To Next Device Audible Detector Base, SIGA-AB4G Volume setting Default = High volume Cut for low volume 24 Vdc In - From power supply or previous base Data In From Signature controller or previous device Tone setting Default = Temporal pattern Cut for steady tone To configure output volume or tone, cut the circuit hoard as shown. 24 Vdc out To next base or EOL relay Data out . To next Signature device Doto Sheet 85001-0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Poge 3 of 6 Accessories All detector mounting bases have wiring terminals that are acces- sible from the "room -side" after mounting the base to the electrical box. The bases mount to North American 1 -gang boxes and to 31 inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, 11 inches (38 mm) deep. They also mount to European BESA and 1 -gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. The SIGA-SB4, SIGA-RB4, and SIGA-I64 mount to North American four inch square electrical boxes in addition to the above boxes. They include the SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt which is used to cover the "mounting ears" on the base. The SIGA-AB4G mounts to a 4" sgare box only. SIGA-AB4G Audible Base SIGA-SB Standard Base SIGA-IB Isolator Base SIGA-RB Relay Bose SIGA-LED Remote LED Standard Base SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 - This is the basic mounting base for GE Security Signature Series detectors. The SIGA-LED Remote LED is supported by the Standard Base. Relay Base SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 - This base includes a relay. Nor- mally open or closed operation is selected during installation. The dry contact is rated for 1 amp (pilot duty) @ 30 Vdc. The relay's position is supervised to avoid accidentally jarring it out of position. The SIGA-RB can be operated as a control relay if programmed to do so at the control panel (EST3 V. 2 only). The relay base does not support the SIGA-LED Remote LED. Audible Base SIGA-AB4G - This base is designed for use where localized or group alarm signaling is required. When the detector senses an alarm condition, the audible base emits a local alarm signal. The optional SIGA-CRR Polarity Reversal Relay can be used for sounding to other audible bases on the same 24 Vdc circuit. Relay and Audible Bases operate as follows: - at system power -up or reset, the relay is de -energized - when a detector is installed in the base with the power on, the relay energizes for four seconds, then de -energizes - when a detector is removed from a base with the power on, the relay is de -energized - when the detector enters the alarm state, the relay is energized. Isolator Base SIGA-IB, SIGA-1134 - This base includes a built-in line fault isolator for use on Class A circuits. A detector must be installed for it to operate. The isolator base does not support the SIGA-LED Remote LED. The isolator operates as follows: - a short on the line causes all isolators to open within 23 msec - at 10 msec intervals, beginning on one side of the Class A circuit nearest the loop controller, the isolators close to provide the next isolator down the line with power - if the isolator next to the short closes, it reopens within 10 msec. The process repeats beginning on the other side of the loop control- ler. Remote LED SIGA-LED - The remote LED connects to the SIGA-SB or SIGA-SB4 Standard Base only. It features a North American size 1 -gang plastic faceplate with a white Finish and red alarm LED. SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt - Supplied with 4 inch bases, it can also be ordered separately to use with the other bases to help hide surface imperfections not covered by the smaller bases. Warnings & Cautions This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires fre- quently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your fire protection specialist. This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where heat cannot reach the detector. Heat from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector to alarm it. The heat sensor in this device only provides a source of informa- tion to supplement the information provided by photoelectric or ionization smoke detectors which may be located nearby. The heat detector by itself does NOT provide life safety protection. Under no circumstances should heat detectors be relied on as the sole means of fire protection. Compatibility The SIGA-HFS and SIGA-HRS detectors are compatible only with GE Security's Signature Loop Controller. Data Sheet 85001-0243 issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 6 Specifications Cataio Number: ' 9 Nu _ .. :.; .:. ' SIGA=HFS ��. ;' �:-` .. .SIGA=4-tRS: Heat Sensing Element Fixed Temperature Fixed & Temperature/ Rate -of -Rise Alarm Point Alarms at 135°F (57°C) Ambient Alarms at 135°F (57°C) Ambient or Temp. increase above 15°F (9°C) per min. UL Listed Detector Spacing 70 feet (21.3 meters) center to center spacing Operating and Storage Environment Operating Temp: 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 38°C( Storage Temp: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) Humidity: 0 to 93% RH, Non -Condensing Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Operating Current Quiescent 45pA @ 19 V Alarm: 45pA @ 19V Emergency Stand-alone Alarm Mode: l8mA Pulse Current 100 pA (100 msec( Construction & Finish High Impact Engineering Polymer - White Compatible Mounting Bases SIGA-SB Standard Base, SIGA-RB Relay Base, SIGA-IB Isolator Base, SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G Audible Bases LED Operation On -board Green LED - Flashes when polled On -board Red LED - Flashes when in alarm; Both LEDs - Glow steady when in alarm (stand-alone) Compatible Remote Red LED (model SIGA-LED( Flashes when in alarm Compatibility Use With: SIGNATURE Loop Controller Address Requirements Uses one device address Agency Listings UL, ULC, MEA, CSFM Ordering Information Catdiog Number" `_' Descriptiom - ., `'M... : SIGA-HFS Intelligent Fixed Temperature Heat Detector - UL/ULC Listed Ship Wt:. !bs (kgl ? 0.5 (0.231 SIGA-HRS Intelligent Fixed Temperature/Rote-of-Rise Heat Detector - ULJULC Listed Accessories` SIGA-SB Detector Mounting Base SIGA-SB4 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base c/w SIGA-TS Trim Skirt SIGA-RB Detector Mounting Base w/Relay SIGA-R84 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base /w Relay c/w SIGA-TS Trim Skirt SIGA-IB Detector Mounting Base w/fault Isolator SIGA-184 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base w/ Fault Isolator c/w SIGA-TS Trim Skirt SIGA-LED Remote Alarm LED 0.2 (.09) SIGA-AB4G Audible (Sounder) Base 0.3 (0.15) SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt (supplied with 4 -inch bases) 0.1 (.041 Dato Sheet 85001-0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 6 • GE Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est ® 2006 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security. imagination at work Doto Sheet 85001-0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 6 • GE Security Overview The Remote Booster Power Supply is a self-contained 24 Vdc power supply designed to augment fire alarm audible and visual power requirements as well as provide power for auxiliary, access control and security applications. The booster contains all of the neces- sary circuits to monitor and charge batteries, control and supervise four Class 6 or two Class A NAC circuits and monitor two controlling inputs from external sources. Simple switch selection provides a wide variety of operational configurations. Each remote booster power supply is supplied with its own enclosure providing ample space for additional interface modules and battery compartment. The Remote Booster Power Supply is available in either a 6.5 or 10 amp version @ 24 Vdc. Standard Features • Available in 10 amp and 6.5 amp versions. • Includes four independent 3 amp NACs - each configurable as auxiliary outputs. • Configurable signal rates. • Field selectable input -to -output correlation. • Extends power available to Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs). • Provides strobe synchronization. • Use as auxiliary Power Supply. Remote Booster Power Supplies BPS6A,BPSIOA EST Fire & Life Safety Power Supplies • Extensive UL Listings (Listed accessory under the Standard UL864 9th edition UL636 UL609 CCN uoxx ANET, UEHX7 AOTX,AOTX7 following standards) Description Fire Alarrn Systems Holdup Alarm Units and Systems Local Burglar Alarm Units and Systems Access Control Systems Police Station Connected Burglar Alarm Units and Systems Control Units, Fire Alarm (Canada) Local Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (Canada) Central and Monitoring Station Burglar Alarm Units (Canada) Signaling Equipment (Canada) Proprietary Burglar Alarm System Units Central Station Alarm Unit UL294 ALVY, UEHX7 UL365 APAW, APAW7 ULC -S527 UOXxC ULC -S303 AOTX7 ULC -S304 AMCX7 C22.2 No. 205 UL1076 APOU, APOU7 UL1610 AMCX • Two inputs allow activation by Signature Series modules or exist- ing NACs. • NACs configure for either four Class B or two Class A circuits. • 110 Vac and 230 Vac versions • On -board status LEDs for easy recognition of wiring faults. • Supports up to 24 Amp hour batteries for fire and security ap- plications, up to 65 Amp hour for access control applications. Data Sheet 85005-0125 Issue 2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 4 Application The Remote Booster Power Supply provides additional power for audible and visual devices helping remove system capacity or site application constraints. The booster may also be used to power auxiliary, access control and security devices, in addition to fire devices. Fault conditions detected by the BPS will open the main panel's NAC. This initiates a trouble condition and eliminates the need to wire a separate trouble contact back to the control panel. During alarm condition, detected faults are overridden and the main pan- el's default configuration is continuous 24 Vdc on all NACs typically used to drive visual devices. On board trouble contact is supplied for applications requiring trouble contact monitoring. The booster power supply provides the capability to maximize available power by being able to supply power for multiple services including Access Control, Security and Fire. For security applica- tions, space is provided to mount a tamper switch in the cabinet. When used for Fire Alarm notification with Genesis Notification ap- pliances, the booster provides the ability to synchronize strobes as well as horn signals. The booster flexibility allows synchronization with upstream devices, or, the booster may be used to synchronize downstream devices, as well as other boosters and their connected devices. Up to 10 boosters deep may be configured while maintain- ing strobe synchronization. BPS notification appliance circuits easily configure for either of two signaling rates: 3-3-3 temporal or continuous. California rate is also available on certain models. This makes the BPS ideal for applica- tions requiring signaling rates not available from the main panel. It also allows independent setup of a notification appliance circuit without interfering with the main panel and its initiating circuits. In addition to the generated signal rates, the BPS can also be configured to follow the signal rate of the main panel's notification appliance circuit. This allows seamless expansion of existing NACs. The BPS includes seven on -board LED indicators: one for each Dimensions 135 00 0 Top View All knockouts for 3/4 in conduit (1.9 cm) 01 02 03 D4 05 06 17.0 in 3.5 in 13.0 in 6.5 in 3375 in 12.0 in (43.2 cm) (8.9 cm( (33.0 cm) (16.5 cm) (8.6 cm) (30.4 cm) resident NAC; one for battery supervision; one for ground fault; and, one for ac power. The trouble contact has a sixteen second delay when an ac power failure or brownout condition is detected. This reduces the reporting of troubles during short duration ac brown- outs. NAC configuration options include: ac power fail delay 116 seconds or 6 hours); sensing input to NAC output correlations; and, auxiliary outputs. All NACs are configurable as auxiliary outputs. Auxiliary outputs can be always on, or off after 30 seconds without ac power. As auxiliary output, the booster may power access control and security devices. Should an overcurrent occur, the booster auto- matically opens the circuit. The booster automatically restores the circuit when the overcurrent is removed. Jumpers configure the BPS for Class A or Class B wiring. Engineering Specification Supply where needed GE Security BPS series Booster Power Sup- plies as an extension of Notification Appliance Circuits. The exten- sion shall be in the form of a stand alone booster power supply. The supply must incorporate its own standby batteries. Batteries must be sized for <24>, <60> hours of standby followed by <5>, <30> minutes of alarm. It must be possible to support up to 24 Amp hour batteries. The booster supply must incorporate four independent supervised Notification Appliance Circuits. It shall be possible to configure the NACs to follow the main panel's NAC or activate from intelligent Signature Series modules. The booster NACs must be configurable to operate independently at any one of the following rates: con- tinuous, California Rate, or 3-3-3 temporal. Fault conditions on the booster shall not impede alarm activation of host NAC circuits. The booster must be able to provide concurrent power for Notifica- tion devices, Security devices, Access Control equipment and Auxil- iary devices such as door holders. The BPS must provide the ability to synchronize Genesis series strobes and horns. Wire routing Route AC supply through these knockouts only (Nonpower -limited and supervised) Power -limited wiring area 8 [2] [31 •o' •0• III IN Battery wiring (nonpower - limited and supervised) Battery Battery Notes 1. Maintain 1/4 -inch (6 mm( spacing between power -limited and non- power -limited wiring or use type FPL, FPLR, or FPLP cable per NEC. (2l Power -limited and supervised when not configured as auxiliary power. Non -supervised when configured as auxiliary power. (3] Source must be power - limited. Source deter- mines supervision. 4. When using lorger batteries, make sure to position the battery terminals towards the door. Data Sheet 85005-0125 Issue 2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 4 Typical Wiring Single or castcaded booster anywhere on a notification appliance circuit Existing NAC end -of -line resistors are not required to be installed at the booster's terminals. This allows multiple boosters to be driven from a single NAC circuit without the need for special configurations. Configuring the Booster for AC Power Fail delay operation* TB10 NAC1/ +W. AUX1 - S NAC2/ + AUX2 - NAC3/ + AUX3 - -Or NAC4/ + AUX4 -w 200 mAAUX in Continuous m 0 Notification appliance circuit (NAC) MAC Circuit NAC Circuit Fire Alarm Control Panel > To next signaling device, booster, or V V > EOL resistor ut v, CD CD NV1 CD m - N 0 Booster Power Supply Multiple CC1(S) modules using the BPS's sense inputs UL listed NAC1/ + EOL 15Id) AUX1 - NAC2/ + AUX2 - UL listed NAC3/ + EOL 15 kO AUX3 - NAC4/ + AUX4 - 200 mAAUX Continuous m Notification appliance circuit (NAC) IN Sense 1 COM 10 OUT I0 IN Sense 2 COM OUT NO Trouble COM NC EOL47kO TB2 0 Data in from previous device or Signature controller Fn los CC1(S) module [1][3] 8765 04321 8 7 . • . CT1 module [4] 4 8 2 1 Security and access BPS NAC1/ + AUX1 - NAC2/ + AUX2 - NAC3/ + AUX3 - NAC4/ + AUX4 - 0 TB'? 24 V Data in from previous device or Signature controller --► Data out to —► next device 24DC12 12 V TB1 Notification appliance circuit (NAC) > NAC output #1 > MAC output #2 > NAC output #3 > NAC output #4 UL listed EOL 15 KW Notification appliance circuit (NAC) IN CM Sense 1 COM 0 OUT 0 IN Fr Sense 2 COM L OUT f80 NO Trouble COM of NC 0 Data out to --P. next device *The Booster supports AC Power fail delay of three hours via its trouble contact when dip switch SW2-6 is on. At other troubles are reported to supervising module or panel without delay via Sense inputs. •1. Security - device [1] Disable the BPS's ground fault jumper 1.193) Control panel Security device TB2 0 EOL 47 K UL listed EOL 15 KW EOL 47 K 1:' a 109 CC1(S) module 0 0 8765 4321 251191111711'%11111 109 CC1(S) module 8765 °4921 Card reader controller ♦ - EOL monitoring device Card reader controller BPS [1] -► [3] Card reader controller To next device or end Data Sheet 85005-0125 Issue 2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 4 GE • Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.comiest 2007 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security. 120VAC or 220-240VAC 50/60Hz 375 watts Notification Appliance Circuit Ratings 3.0A max. per circuit @ 24Vdc nominal 6.5A max total all NACs 3.0A max. per circuit @ 24Vdc nominal 10A max total all NACs Trouble Relay 2 Amps @ 30Vdc Auxiliary Outputs Four configurable outputs replace NACs 1, 2, 3 or 4. as auxiliary outputs and 200 mA dedicated auxiliary. (See note 2.) Input Current (from an existing NAC) 3mA @ 12Vdc, 6mA @ 24Vdc Booster Internal Supervisory Current 70mA Signature Mounting Space Accomodates three two -gang modules. Maximum Battery Size 10 Amp Hours (2 of 12V10A) in cabinet up to 24 Amp hours with ex- ternal bottery cabinet for fire and security applications; up to 65 Amp hours for access control applicatiOns in external battery box. Terminal Wire Gauge 18-12 AWG Relative Humidity 0 to 93% non condensing @ 32°C Temperature Rating 32° to 120°F (0to 49°C) NAC Wiring Styles Class A or Ciass Output Signal Rotes Continuous, California rate, 3-3-3 temporal, or follow installed panel's NAC. (See note 1.) Ground Fault Detection Enable or Disable via jumper Agency Listings UL, ULC, CSFM 1. Model BPS*CAA provides selection for California rate, in place of temporal. 2. Maximum of 8 Amps can be used for auxiliary output. Ordering Information Description BPS6A 6.5 Amp Booster Power Supply BPS6AC 6.5 Amp Booster Power Supply (ULC) BPS6A/230 BPS6CAA BPS10A BPS1OAC BPS10A/230 BPS1OCAA 6.5 Amp Booster Power Supply (220V) 6.5 Amp Booster Power Supply with California rate 10 Amp Booster Power Supply 10 Amp Booster Power Supply (ULC) 10 Amp Booster Power Supply (220V) 10 Amp Booster Power Supply with California rate 12V6A5 7.2 Amp Hour Battery, two required 12V10A 10 Amp Hour Battery, two required 3 -TAMP Tamper switch 3.4 (1.6) 9.5 (4.31 BC -1 Battery Cabinet (up to 2 - 40 Amp Hour Batteries) BC -2 Battery Cabinet (up to 2 - 17 Amp Hour Batteries) 12V17A 18 Amp Hour Battery, two required (see note 1) 12V24A 24 Amp Hour Battery, two required (see note 1) 12V40A 40 Amp Hour Battery, two required (see notes 1, 2) 12V50A 50 Amp Hour Battery, two required (see notes 1, 2) 12V65A 65 Amp Hour Battery, two required (see notes 1, 2) 1. Requires installation of separate battery cabinet. 2. BPS supports batteries greater than 24 Amp hours for access control applications only. imagination at work 58 (26.4) 19 (8.6) 1315.9) 20 (9.07) 32 (14.5) 40 (18.14) 49 (22.2) Data Sheet 85005-0125 issue 2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 4 GE Security Overview The Genesis line of signals are among the smallest, most compact audible -visible emergency signaling devices in the world. About the size of a deck of playing cards, these devices are designed to blend with any decor. Thanks to patented breakthrough technology, GE Security Genesis strobes do not require bulky specular reflectors and lenses. Instead, an exclusive cavity design conditions light to produce a highly controlled distribution pattern. Significant development efforts em- ploying this new technology have given rise to a new benchmark in strobe performance - FullLight technology. FullLight strobe technology produces a smooth light distribution pattern without the spikes and voids characteristic of specular reflectors. This ensures the entire coverage area receives consistent illumination from the strobe flash. As a result, Genesis strobes with FullLight technology go well beyond the minimum UL -required "T" pattern, significantly exceeding UL -1971 and ULC -S526 light distri- bution requirements. Genesis strobes and horn -strobes offer 15 to 110 candela output, which is selectable with a conveniently -located switch on the side of the device. Models are also available that offer fixed 15/75 cd output. The candela output setting remains clearly visible even after final installation, yet it stays locked in place to prevent unau- thorized tampering. Genesis signals feature textured housings in architecturally neutral white or traditional fire red. An ingenious iconographic symbol indicates the purpose of the device. This universal symbol is code -compliant and is easily recognized by all building occupants regardless of what language they speak. Models with "FIRE" markings are also available. EST Fire & Life Safety Strobes, Horns, Bells & Chimes Standard Features • Unique low -profile design - The most compact UL-1971/ULC-S526 listed strobe available - Ultra -slim - protrudes less than one inch - Attractive appearance - No visible mounting screws • Four field -configurable options in one device - Select 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd strobe output - Select high (default) or low dB horn output - Select temporal (default) or steady horn output - Select public mode flash rate (default) or private mode temporal flash • Fixed 15/75 cd model available • Easy to install - Fits standard 1 -gang electrical boxes - no trim plate needed - Optional trim plate accommodates oversized openings - Pre -assembled with captive hardware - #12 AWG terminals - ideal for long runs or existing wiring • Unparalleled performance - Industry's most even light distribution - Meets tough synchronizing standards for strobes - Single microprocessor controls both horn and strobe - Low current draw minimizes system overhead - Independent horn control over a single pair of wires - Highly regulated in -rush current - Multiple frequency tone improves sound penetration - Industry's first temporal strobe output Field Configurable Horns and Strobes Genesis Series Data Sheet 85001-0573 issue 9 Not to be_used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 6 Application Genesis strobes are UL 1971 -listed for use indoors as wall -mounted public -mode notification appliances for the hearing impaired. Prevailing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed 105 dBA (87dBA in Canada), where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act (see application notes - USA). Combination horn -strobe signals must be installed in accordance with guidelines established for strobe devices. Strobes Genesis strobes are UL 1971 -listed for use indoors as wall -mounted public -mode notification appliances for the hearing impaired. Prevail- ing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed specified levels, where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation. Consult with your Authority Having Jurisdiction for details. All Genesis strobes exceed UL synchronization requirements (within 10 milliseconds other over a two-hour period) when used with a synchronization source. Synchronization is important in order to avoid epileptic sensitivity. NOTE: The flash intensity of some visible signals may not be adequate to alert or waken occupants in the protected area. Research indicates that the intensity of strobe needed to awaken 90% of sleeping persons is approximately 100 cd. GE Security recommends that strobes in sleeping rooms be rated at at least 110 cd. WARNING: These devices will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, further safeguards such as backup power supplies may be required. Horns Genesis horn output reaches as high as 99 dB and features a unique multiple frequency tone that results in excellent sound penetration and an unmistakable warning of danger. Horns may be configured for either coded or non -coded signal circuits. They can also be set for low dB output with a jumper cut that reduces hom output by about 5 dB. Horn -only models may be ceiling -mounted or wall -mounted. The suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with alert or alarm signals is at least 15 dB above the average ambient sound level, or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, measured 5 feet (1.5 m) above the floor. The average ambient sound level is, A -weighted sound pressure measured over a 24-hour period. Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically result in a 6 dB reduction of the received sound pressure level. The actual ef- fect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. A 3 dBA difference represents a barely noticeable change in volume. Installation Genesis horns and strobes mount to any standard one -gang sur- face or flush electrical box. Matching optional trim plates are used to cover oversized openings and can accommodate one -gang, two -gang, four -inch square, or octagonal boxes, and European 100 mm square. Genesis Horn/Strobe with optional trim plate All Genesis signals come pre -assembled with captive mounting screws for easy in- stallation. Two tabs at the top of the signal unlock the cover to reveal the mounting hardware. The shallow depth of Genesis devices leaves ample room behind the signal for extra wiring. Once installed with the cover in place, no mounting screws are visible. Field Configuration Temporal horn and horn -strobe models are factory set to sound in a three -pulse temporal pattern. Units may be config- ured for use with coded systems by cutting a jumper on the circuit board. This results in a steady output that can be turned on and off (coded) as the system applies and removes power to the signal cir- cuit. A Genesis Signal Master is required when horn -strobe models are configured for coded systems. Non -temporal, horn -only models sound a steady tone. Genesis strobes and horn -strobes are shipped from the fac- tory ready for use as UL 1971 compliant signals for public mode operation. These signals may be configured for temporal flash by cutting a jumper on the circuit board. This battery -saving feature is intended for private mode signaling only. Genesis strobes and horn -strobes may be set for 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela output. The output setting is changed by simply opening the device and sliding the switch to the desired setting. The device does not have to be removed to change the output setting. The setting remains visible through a small window on the side of the device after the cover is closed. Horns and horn -strobes are factory set for high dB output Low dB output may be selected by cutting ajumper on the circuit board. This reduces the output by about 5 dB. Wiring Field wiring terminals accommodate #18 to #12 AWG (0.75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) wiring. Horns, strobes, and combination horn -strobes are interconnected with a single pair of wires as shown below. 0 Polarity shown in alarm condition 0 To next device or end of line device Note: Strobes must have continuous voltage. Data Sheet 85001-0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for Installation purposes. Page 2 of 6 Current Draw Strobes, Horn -Strobes Multi -cd Wall Strobes (GI -VM) ': Rattng Scd*:::-::';:_' i':3fl:cd"<'- ' :15.75cii '7Scd ' ,... *,, • RMS RMS RMS ::. RM5.' ' ` :RMS 16 Vdc 103 141 152 255 311 16 Vfwr 125 179 224 346 392 *G1 -VM multi -cd; **G1F-V1575 fixed 15/75 cd ',Typical._ Current:: : ,'IScd, '.':`,:: `:30cd ..:,'., : ,.15/75:';; `.. `-,`, 7.5td.: '> "_Yr .a"IOcd' - " RMS: ", :'Mean',' RMS"" :_Mean`•,- RMS Mean ; RMS; °_Mean," RMS -" 'Mean:= 16 Vdc 85 79 127 124 150 140 245 243 285 283 20 Vdc 71 66 98 96 123 114 188 186 240 238 24 Vdc 59 55 82 80 104 97 152 150 191 190 33 Vdc 46 44 64 63 84 77 112 111 137 136 16 Vfwr 119 64 169 97 223 126 332 203 376 240 20 Vfwr 103 51 143 76 189 100 253 150 331 198 24 Vfwr 94 44 129 65 169 85 218 121 262 152 33 Vfwr 87 37 112 52 148 68 179 89 205 106 Wall Temporal Horn -strobes - High dB Settin _ s : •, .:15' •, .; 30 ::15/75. ._: 15/75,:..: 7.5. . 110. ; Ul:., :%> = • .. -cd* . • cd* - --cd • ` , cd*'•5; cd*... `.Rating., .. _ RMS ..RMS _ :.RMS : ,RMS, RMS -- 16 Vdc 129 167 172 281 337 16 Vfwr 176 230 269 397 443 *G1-HDVM multi -cd **G1F-HDV157S fixed 15/75 cd `.Typical`„,:: Current 1$cd, "::- `:`?:30cd'; :- ._: 15/75,:..: 75cdr',.:,., .:-`'i10';cd° ,.> ':RMS . Mean:: ,,RMS:-. Mean RMS.;; Mean; : RMS Mean :RMS ;;Mean 16 Vdc 102 89 135 129 160 152 246 242 309 305 20 Vdc 88 77 109 104 137 129 193 190 248 243 24 Vdc 81 71 94 90 122 114 161 158 203 200 33 Vdc 74 64 72 74 106 98 124 121 154 151 16 Vfwr 144 77 182 106 247 143 352 212 393 249 20 Vfwr 141 68 162 87 220 120 274 158 362 210 24 Vfwr 136 65 152 76 203 106 235 133 282 165 33 Vfwr 125 54 144 65 196 94 201 101 232 123 Wall Temporal Horn -strobes - Low dB Settin >U1 - Ratmg ' 15`.'%`30;:,.:,;;1577,5:. cd* ..:. cd* cd** '.75 ' ci!* ,:;,130..'' 'cd.` a _ RMS ;RMS.._ ',R1,45- . ;_,RMS” ;RMS. • •: .:.,:.- 16 Vdc 122 160 146 274 330 16 Vfwr 162 216 231 383 429 *G1-HOVM multi -cd **G1F-HDV1575 fixed 15/75 cd ' `ypkei:. :. Current.- " ;:' -15. cd ,: :: <:`30cd;;.,. '" .' 15/75::: ':::.:. -; 75 cd, - " :. ;,.110 cd .. RMS ', :;Mean ::RMS, Mean ;RMS "Mean RMS:, -Mean RMS r:Mean:) 24 Vfwr 16 Vdc 96 84 130 124 158 149 243 240 302 297 20 Vdc 79 70 104 99 133 124 189 186 241 237 24 Vdc 68 61 88 84 119 110 156 154 197 193 33 Vdc 56 52 71 68 100 93 118 116 146 143 16 Vfwr 128 69 180 104 241 139 344 204 389 244 20 Vfwr 118 60 157 84 213 115 266 156 343 200 24 Vfwr 113 54 144 74 195 101 230 128 279 161 33 Vfwr 112 48 137 64 182 87 197 99 226 117 Horns Wall or Ceiling Mounted Temporal Horns (G1 -HD) , Rating High'd81RMS) ' Lowr d6 (RMS) < 16 Vdc 26 19 24 Vdc 36 27 33 Vdc 41 33 16 Vfwr 51 37 24 Vfwr 69 52 33 Vfwr 76 70 '7YPial''� Current ;..;<:s,010hd6s;;=:...:: 6:>.:<:.. ":';Low:d' ;RMS :':, Mean ':. RMS; 'Mean 16 Vdc 22 17 17 14 20 Vdc 24 19 19 16 24 Vdc 27 21 22 18 33 Vdc 32 25 26 22 16 Vfwr 34 15 30 14 20 Vfwr 40 19 34 16 24 Vfwr 45 21 38 18 33 Vfwr 52 24 47 22 Wall or Ceiling Mounted Horns (G1 -P) UL Designation -. 1, Voltage:Range.• MaR: Current; RMS;:::-"''._ Regulated 24 Vdc 16 - 33 Vdc 13 mA 24 fwr 16 - 33 Vfwr 11 mA Typicai:Current . _ _ - RMS._::. ,.Meati.::.,' .. 24 Vdc 10 10 24 Vdc 11 11 31 Vdc 12 12 20 Vfwr 9 8 24 Vfwr 10 9 Notes and Comments 1. Current values are shown in mA. 2. UL Nameplate Rating can vary from Typical Current due to measurement methods and instruments used. 3. GE Security recommends using the Typical Current for system design including NAC and Power Supply loading and voltage drop calculations. 4. Use the Vdc RMS current ratings for filtered power supply and battery AH calculations. Use the Vfwr RMS current ratings for unfiltered power supply calculations 5. Fuses, circuit breakers and other overcurrent protection devices are typically rated for current in RMS values. Most of these devices operate based upon the heating affect of the current flowing through the device. The RMS current (not the mean cur- rent) determines the heating affect and therefore, the trip and hold threshold for those devices. 6. Our industry has used 'mean' currents over the years. However, UL will direct the industry to use the 2004 RMS values in the future. Data Sheet 85001-0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 6 dBA output Temporal Horns, Horn -strobes (G1 -HD, G1-HDVM series) High dB :'Setting =,' 1.464; - ' . _ ::: ;.:: 'Average Peak: Temporal eoStdy "_: Tempora!! Steady : Ternporall , "teady.::. 16 Vdc 81.4 85.5 91.4 94.2 24 Vdc 84.4 88.6 94.5 97.6 33 Vdc 86.3 90.4 96.9 99.5 ;l'ow"d8-.: setting UL464 * _` :..,; :. ;'.; ;Average'; ', ,, `P.edkr - ,Temporal Steady , Teriipora)/ Steady temporal! ,' Steridyy 16 Vdc 76.0 80.1 86.3 89.2 24 Vdc 79.4 83.5 89.8 92.5 33 Vdc 82.1 86.5 92.5 95.3 Steady Tone Horns (G 1-P series) UL46r%: ._-_Average° 16 Vdc 16 Vfwr 77 dBA, min 85 dBA 77 dBA, min 85 dBA Peak 91 dBA 91 dBA Notes 1. All values shown are dBA measured at 10 feet (3.01m). 2. UL464 values measured in reverberation room. 3. Average and Peak values are measured in anechoic chamber. Specifications Average Sound Output (dBA) (High dB setting, anechoic, 24V, measured at loft) Light output - (effective cd) Percent of UL rating versus angle 90,Cad au 110 110 100 00 00 70 60 50 40 00 00 10 0 10 20 A 10 50 00 70 00 00 100 110 120 Housing Lens Red or white textured UV stabilized, color impregnated engineered plastic. Exceeds 94V-0 UL flammability rating. Optical grade polycarbonate (clear) Strobes and horn -strobes are for wall -mount installation only. Horn -only models may be ceiling- or wall -mounted. Mounting Flush mount: 21/2 inch 164 mml deep one -gang box (indoor only) Surface mount Model 27193 surface mount box, wiremold box, or equivalent surface -mount box With optional trim plate: One -gang, two -gang, four -inch square, octagonal, or European single -gang box Wire connections Screw terminals: single input for both horn and strobe. #18 to #12 AWG (0.75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) wire size Operating environment Indoor only: 32-120°F (0-49°C) ambient temperature. 93% relative humidity Agency listings/approvals UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464, ULC S525, ULC S526, CSFM, CE, FCC, MEA (FM pending). (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule.) Dimensions (HxWxO) Signal: 4-1/2" x 2-3/4" x 13/16" (113 mm x 68 mm x 21 mm) Trimplate: 5" (127 mm); Height - 5-7/8"1149 mm); Depth -1" (13 mm) Operating voltage G1 -HD series temporal -tone horns: non -coded, filtered 16-33 Vdc or unfiltered 16-33 Vdc FWR (or coded when horn set to steady tone) G1-HDVM series temporal -tone horn -strobes: non -coded, filtered 16-33 Vdc or unfiltered 16-33 Vdc FWR (or coded (audible NAC only) when used with optional G1M Genesis Signal Master) G1 -VM series strobes: non -coded, filtered 16 - 33 Vdc or unfiltered 16-33 Vdc FWR G1 -P series steady -tone horns: coded or non -coded, filtered 20-31 Vdc or unfiltered 20-27 Vfwr Strobe output rating UL 1971, UL 1638, ULC S526: selectable 15 cd, 30 cd, 75 cd, or 110 cd output UL 1971:15 cd (fixed 15/75 cd models) UL 1638, ULCSS26: 75 cd (fixed 15/75 cd models) Strobe flosh rate Gl-VM strobes and G1-HDVM series temporal -tone horn -strobes: one flash per second synchronized with optional G1M Genesis Signal Master indefinitely within 10 milliseconds (or self -synchronized within 200 milliseconds over thirty minutes on a common circuit without G1M Genesis Signal Master) Temporal setting (private mode only): synchronized to temporal output of horns on same circuit Synchronization Sources G1M, G1M-RM, SIGA-CC1S, SIGA-MCC1S, BPS6A, BPS10A Horn pulse rate Temporal audible pattern G3. -HD temporal -tone horns and G1-HDVM series temporal -tone horn -strobes: temporal rate synchronized with optional G1M Genesis Signal Master indefinitely within 10 milliseconds (or self -synchronized within 200 milliseconds over thirty minutes on a common circuit without G1M Genesis Signal Master( G1 -P steady -tone horns: continuous, steady tone only 1 sec ON, 1/2 sec OFF, 1/2 sec ON, 1/2 sec OFF, i sec ON, 1' sec OFF, then repeat cycle Data Sheet 85001-0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 6 Ordering Information Cotolog.Number.• Description _ ' Sh'i VJt lbs (k ) P g :•rfled White P.)0)S .: - ..-. !::- .:^ • . . .. fitish G1-HDVM G1R-HOVM Genesis Horn -Strobe (selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd output, selectable high/low dB output) 0.25 (0.111 G1 -VM G1R-VM Genesis Strobe (selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd output) G1 -HD G1R-HD Genesis Temporal Horn (selectable high/low dB output) G1 P G1R-P Genesis Steady Horn (not compatible with Genesis Signal Master) G1F-HDVM G1RF-HOVM Genesis Horn -Strobe (selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd output, selectable high/low dB output) - with "FIRE" marking G1F-VM GiRF-VM Genesis Strobe (selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd output) - with "FIRE" marking G1F-HD G1RF-HD Genesis Temporal Horn (selectable high/low dB output) - with "FIRE" marking G1F-P G1RF-P Genesis Steady Horn with "FIRE" marking (not compatible with Genesis Signal Master) G1F-HOV1575 G1RF HDV1575 15/75 cd temporal horn -strobe, hi/lo dB -24V - with "FIRE" marking (see note 1) G1F-V1575 G1RF-V1575 15/75 cd strobe - with "FIRE" marking (see note 1) Mounting Accessories. G1T GIRT Genesis Trim Plate (for two -gang or 4" square boxes) 0.15 (0.7) G1T-FIRE G1RT-FIRE Genesis Trim Plate (for two -gang or 4" square boxes) with "FIRE" markings 0.15 (0.7) 27193-16 27193-11 One -gang surface mount box 1 (0.41 5ynciironizat .Nlodu)es G1M G1M-RM SIGA-CC1S SIGA-MCC1S Genesis Signal Master - Snap -on Mount Genesis Signal Master - Remote Mount (1 -gang) 0.2 (0.1) Intelligent Synchronization Output Module )2 -gang) 0.5 (0.23) Intelligent Synchronization Output Module (Plug-in UIO) 0.18)0.08) Note 1: These 15/75 cd models provide fixed output and are not multi -candela devices. The 15 cd out- put component complies with UL1971, while the 75 cd output component complies with UL 1638. Genesis Horn -Strobes may be ordered in red or white, with or without 'FIRE' marking. Order matching trim plates separately. Data Sheet 85001-0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 6 GE Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est © 2007 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved. Genesis Series is a trademark of GE Security. imagination at work Data Sheet 85001-0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 6 GE Security Overview The Signal Master is a simple -to -use accessory that adds enhanced features to Genesis strobes and horn -strobes as well as Enhanced Integrity strobes. It is a dual-purpose module that provides pre- cision synchronization for connected strobes, and independent con- trol for connected Genesis horns over a single pair of wires. All Genesis and Enhanced Integrity strobes are self -synchronizing. When installed with the Signal Master, strobe flashes from devices on the same circuit are synchronized to within 10 milliseconds of each other indefinitely. This exceeds the latest UL 1971 require- ments in effect as of November 2000, which specify this level of synchronization over only two hours. When installed with Genesis horn -strobes, the Signal Master permits independent horn control (on, off, and coded signals) over a single pair of wires. Two methods of horn control are available: traditional NAC signal silence; or, normally -closed contact. Both methods may be used to silence horns without turning off strobes on the same circuit. Note: independent horn control is available for horn -strobes only. G1 -P Series steady horns are not compatible with this feature. Two mounting options ensure trouble-free installation of the Signal Master Module. The "snap -on" piggyback model doesn't require a separate electrical box. It simply snaps to the back of the first signal on the circuit. The remote mount model mounts in a North Ameri- can 21/2 inch (64 mm) deep one -gang box. It may also be mounted to any SIGA-MP mounting plate, or directly to the rails provided inside BPS Remote Booster Power Supply cabinets. Signal Master G1M Series ESQ Fire & Life Safety Strobes, Homs, Bells & Chimes Standard Features • Compatible with Genesis and Enhanced Integrity products • Provides UL 1971 compliant synchronization for all strobes on the same circuit • Delivers independent horn control for horn -strobes over two - wire Genesis circuits. Two methods of horn control available: traditional NAC signal silence or normally -closed contact. • Convenient snap -on or single -gang remote models • Only one module required per circuit • 3 amp rating (G1M-RM only) CE One or more patents pending. Data Sheet 85001-0545 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 4 Class B Wiring Synchronized Strobes... Genesis Strobes To next device or end of line device Piggyback Signal Master (G1M) NAC 1 t Strobe Input (continuous - voltage only) Genesis or Enhanced Integrity Strobes NAC 1 Strobe Input Remote mount Signal Master (G1M-RM) To nest device or end#Ine resistor Horn silence and synchronization with two NACs... Genesis Sand Mater Genesis Horn -Strobes To next device or end of line device Piggyback Signal Master (G1M) NAC 1 + Strobe Input (continuous c voltage only) NAC2 _ Horn Input (Continuous or coded) NAC 1 Strobe Input NAC 2 Han Input Genesis Horn -Strobes Remote mount Signal Master IG1M-RM) To next GIM -RM or end of Ina resistor To nett device or end-oFllne resistor. , • 'only one Sig -no' l Master • . is required for each ' horn, strobe, o horn- strobeLlfCAlit.` • The'strobedreuit of the Signal •Master.' .requires o dedicated ` . NAC-Strob'e:NAC Circuit must beeantinuous;n;: "aIatmmode.y::: The Hoinarcuitotthe' ,Signal Master., can ' cascaded with other , Genesis sigiai:Master modules on ' one NAC. ••.Whendeterfnin--. ng allowable wire '•resistance,referto voltage,ratir g of the Genesis Slgnol:Master, thes,galirtgdevice, ,;`,'. ' andthecontroi panel ' specificatlo is: -for,: ;, ' l . synchfonzotion,.`: '!I -. maximum allowable resistance between" 'any two devices in the. same viewing area is . Horn Silence and synchronization with one NAC and one dry contact... Genesis Hom-Strobes NAC 1 Strobe Input Geneis&anal Master (continuous voltage only) To next device or end of line device La 4 Signature DateLoop The CR must he installed within three feet of the G1M. Piggyback Signal Master (G1M) Genesis Hon -Strobes NAC 1 Strobe Input CR Date out (+) Date out (-) To next device or end-of.line resistor Remote mount Signal Master (G1M-RM) GIM -RM, CR, and wire nut must be located in the seine MFC or Booster Power Supply cednot. Synchronization with one NAC... Genesis Horn -Strobes To next device or end of line device Piggyback Signal Master (G1M) Enhanced Integrity Horn -strobes and Speaker -strobes... NAC Input Remote mount Signal Master (G1M-RM) Enhanced Integrity Speaker -Strobes Genesis Hom-Strobes NAC Input Remote mount Signal Master (G1M-RM) To next device or end-ofaine resistor Remote mount Signal Master (G1M-RM) Enhanced Integrity Horn -Strobes Data Sheet 85001-0545 Issue 6 Not to be used for Installation purposes. Page 2 of 4 Class A Wiring Class A wiring requires the SIGA-UM or SIGA-MAB. Class A with Horn Silence using SIGA-MAB and SIGA-MCR modules Class A without Horn Silence using a SIGA-MAB module Genesis Hom, Strobe, or Hom-Strobe with G1M Signal Master Data In Signature Data Circuit Data Out UIOIR) series motherboard Remove Module Jumpers 3e Riser 11n 1::=.711 LL.; Riser 1 Out Genesis Horn, Strobe, or Hom-Strobe Genesis Nom, Strobe, or Horn -Strobe with G1M Signal Master + Riser l Out Data In +_ - Riser 1 In + Signature Data Circuit Install the jumpers between adjacent modules that use the same riser. Data Out + UIOIR) series motherboard Remove Module Jumpers 3234 Riser 1 I +; I + Riser 1 Out o I Genesis Hom, Strobe, or „ Hom-Strobe + Riser l Out - Riser 11n Class A with Horn Silence using SIGA-UM and SIGA-CR modules Class A without Horn Silence using a SIGA-UM module Genesis Hom, Strobe, or Hom-Strobe with G1M Signal Master T84 TBZ Riser in (+) ) From control panel Riser in 1-) ) 413 "32:1:;12 11'10 9 iiiversal Module S Data in 1+I ) From Signature Controller Data in () ) or Previous Device Genesis Horn, Genesis Horn, Strobe, Strobe, or or Horn -Strobe with Hom-Strobe G1M Signal Master Control Reloy Module . - _, ♦ 3 2 1 .j To next device Riser out (+1 .Riser out (-1 To next device or EOL resistor. Data out (+1 Data out (-1 Riser in I+) )From control Riser in 1-1 ) Genesis Horn, Strobe, or Hom-Strobe To next device panel Data in (+) ) From Signature Controller Data in f 1 ) or Previous Device .Riser out (+) Riser out 1-) To next device or EOL resistor. Data out (-1 Data out (+) Data Sheet 85001-0545 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 4 GE Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est © 2006 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved Genesis Series is a Trademark of GE Security. Mounting Install the GSM Signal Master by sliding the spade connectors into the terminals on the back of the signal. Specifications Install the GSM -RM in a Itrth American one -gang box, 3W H x rWx214"D(95mmxS.immx64 aim). It may also be mounted inside BPS Booster Power Supplies, or on a SIGA-MP mounting plate. Note: independent 2 -wire horn control is available for horn -strobes only. G1 -P Series steady horns are not compatible with this feature. Ordering Information -Cataiog;7_14uoiber. '`.. ;Oescriptiori`, G1M Genesis Signal Master Snap -on piggyback G1M-RM SIGA-MB4 Genesis Signal Master Remote Mount (1 -gang) Transponder Mounting Bracket (allows for mounting two 1 -gang modules in a 2 -gong box) Ship Wt , ltis Ikgi,'_ 0.2 (0.1) 0.4 (0.15) imagination at work Data Sheet 85001-0545 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 4 ` G1M piggyback rnodet, .: �1M-RM Tomo teinount model-; Mounting Snaps to back of Genesis device North American one -gang boxes 33/4"Hx2"Wx21/2"0(95mmx 5.1 mm x 64 mm) and 11/2 inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with one -gang covers, and SIGA- MP mounting plates Wire Connections #18 to #12 AWG (0.75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) Circuit Rating 2 amps maximum 3 amps maximum Agency Listings/Approvals UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464. ULC S525, ULC S526, MEA, FM, CSFM, CE, FCC. Synchronization One flash per second within 10 milliseconds indefinitely. Exceeds UL 1971 requirements. Operating voltage 16 - 33 Vdc, 16 - 33 Vfwr Current Draw 33 mA Operating temperature range 32 -120 °F (0 - 49 °C) Operating humidity range 0 - 93% RH Note: independent 2 -wire horn control is available for horn -strobes only. G1 -P Series steady horns are not compatible with this feature. Ordering Information -Cataiog;7_14uoiber. '`.. ;Oescriptiori`, G1M Genesis Signal Master Snap -on piggyback G1M-RM SIGA-MB4 Genesis Signal Master Remote Mount (1 -gang) Transponder Mounting Bracket (allows for mounting two 1 -gang modules in a 2 -gong box) Ship Wt , ltis Ikgi,'_ 0.2 (0.1) 0.4 (0.15) imagination at work Data Sheet 85001-0545 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 4 GE Security Overview Integrity temporal horns and temporal horn -strobes are specially designed for use with compatible life safety communication and control equipment to alert occupants of a life safety event. The horn emits a piercing low frequency sound that is easily heard above moderate ambient noise levels. The flash from its strobe can be noticed from almost any position in the room, corridor, or large open space. Integrity's rugged plastic housing is made from durable and fire retardant, high impact plastic with a slightly textured surface. Its ingenious mounting plate firmly holds the device in place with a single screw. A separate trim plate is not required. Terminals accept up to #12 AWG (2.Smm2) wire for polarized connections. Strobes are shipped with standard wall mount style "FIRE" lens markings. Where ceiling orientation, other languages, or different lens markings are required, GE Security offers optional LKW and LKC series Lens Marking Kits. These optional lens markings simply snap on to the strobe. Consult GE Security for availability of special lens markings. Integrity horns and horn -strobes are designed for 16 to 33 Vdc operation and must be connected to signal circuits that output a constant (not pulsed) voltage. A diode is used to allow full signal circuit supervision. Temporal Horns and Horn -strobes 757 Series EST Fire & Life Safety Strobes, Horns, Bells & Chimes Standard Features • UL 1971 -listed synchronizing strobe Integrity strobes synchronize to the latest UL 1971 requirements when used with a synchronization source. • Adjustable Audible Output Select temporal or continuous tones, and High setting for 98 dBA output or Low setting for 94 dBA sound output. • Genesis -compatible All Genesis and Integrity strobes on the same circuit meet UL 1971 synchronization requirements when used with an external control module. • Approved for public and private mode applications UL 1971 -listed as signaling devices for the hearing impaired and UL 1638 -listed as protective visual signaling appliances. • Durable red or white Noryl front plate Ideal for outdoor, industrial or harsh environments. • Field changeable field markings Lens language or standard "FIRE" marking is easily changed with optional LKW and LKC series lens kits. • Easy Installation Flush mount to standard North American 4" square or two -gang box. Integrity's universal mounting plate allows it to be wired and then left hanging free for easy inspection and testing before it is fastened to the electrical box. MEA (E®© FM Patented Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 6 • Application NOTE: The installation of Visible and audible signals are subject to national and;loeal standards codes and ordinances. Consult your Authority H'oving Jurisdiction fvf device instollationirequirements;'application stondards and:minirnum tier:Grinonce specifications t?t Horns During installation, the horn is configured for steady or temporal tone signal and either low (94 dBA) or high (98 dBA) output. When temporal output is selected all horns on a common two -wire circuit are self -synchronized (see specifications). External control modules are not required for audible synchronization. Suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with alert or alarm signals is at least 15dB above the average ambi- ent sound level, or 5dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, measured 5' (1.5m( above the floor. The average ambient sound level is the RMS, A -weighted sound pressure measured over a 24-hour period. Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically result in a 6 dB reduction of the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. A 3 dBA difference represents a barely noticeable change in volume. Typical Sound Output Distribution dBA measured at 10 ft in anechoic chamber 757 Series Temporal Horn ('HIGH' output) Installation and Mounting All models fit to a standard flush mounted, North -American two - gang electrical box, 23A inch (69 mm( minimum. Optional flush trims are not required. For surface mount, use GE Security's custom indoor and outdoor surface boxes painted in color -matched red or white epoxy. GE Security recom- mends that fire alarm horn/strobes always be installed in accordance with the latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Mounting Plate (provided) Strobes GE Security strobes are UL 1971 -listed for use indoors as wall -mounted public -mode notification appliances for the hearing impaired. Prevail- ing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed specified levels, where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation. Consult with your Authority Having Jurisdiction for details. As part of the Enhanced Integrity line of products, 757 Series strobes exceed UL synchronization requirements (within 10 millisec- onds other over a two-hour period) when used with a synchroniza- tion source. Synchronization is important in order to avoid epileptic sensitivity. Integrity strobes are fully compatible with GE Genesis signals. NOTE The nosh intensity ;of some visible signals may, not be adequate , to•olert'or•woken,occupants inpro�ected. area: Resegrch,'indicates that the intensity. of strobe needed to awaken 90% of sleeping persons is, approximately 100 cd: GE Secunty:recp cw:m. s that strobes in sleeping rooms berated of at WARNING: These devices will -not operofewithcut electrical power. Asires frequently cause power' interruptions furthersofeguar".ds such as backup.; ower Norah American 2 -gang electric box, 216" (69mm) minimum (Alternative: 4" square box 2-1/3" (54mm) deep) 4:3\____ii6-32 screws (by others) Surface Box - 5-5/8' (143mm) sq. x Housing 3-9/16" (91 mm) deep 5-1/2" (140mm) x 5-1/2" (140mm) x 5/8" (16mm) Single Mounting Screw (provided) Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 6 Typical Wiring The strobe must be connected to signal circuits which output a con- stant (not pulsed) voltage. The horn can be connected to continuous voltage circuits. HORN and STROBE ON SAME CIRCUIT To UL/ULC Listed Fire Alan Control Panel Signal Circuit FIRST DEVICE To Next Device or EOL Resistor HORN and STROBE ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT To UI/ULC Usted + Fre Alan Control Panel Signal Circuit To UL/ULC Usted + Fire Alan Control Panel Signal Circuit To Ned Device or EOL Resistor To Next Strobe Device or EOL Resistor dBA Output Horn -strobes Strobe Operating Current (RMS) }:Hating 16 Vdc 16 Vfwr cd 15/75,cc .30cd :..:_".75;cd. ' /10 cd 109 150 130 263 329 150 210 189 333 420 Typical . . Current 24 Vdc 24 Vfwr CO 15/75 cd '. , 30 cd 75.ca:. 110 cd% 69 90 89 159 180 108 128 134 255 260 Vdc: Volts direct current, regulated and filtered Vfwr: Volts full wave rectified Current Draw Notes and Comments 1. Current values are shown in mA. 2. UL Nameplate Rating can vary from Typical Current due to measurement methods and instruments used. 3. GE Security recommends using the Typical Current for system design including NAC and Power Supply loading and voltage drop calculations. 4. Use the 16 Vdc RMS current ratings for filtered power supply and battery AH calcu- lations. Use the 16 Vfwr RMS current ratings for unfiltered power supply calcula- tions. 5. Fuses, circuit breakers and other overcurrent protection devices are typically rated for current in RMS values. Most of these devices operate based upon the heating affect of the current flowing through the device. The RMS current determines the heating affect and therefore, the trip and hold threshold for those devices. Horns U1464 Average - anechoic Peak - anechoic Temporal Steady Temporal Steady Temporal Steady High dB Output 79.0 85.0 97.0 97.0 102.0 102.0 Low dB Output 75.0 79.0 93.0 93.0 98.0 98.0 Horns dBA Output Notes and Comments • All values shown are dBA measured at 10 feet (3.01m). • UL1480 values measured in reverberotion room. • Average values are measured in anechoic chamber. Data sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 6 UL464 Average - anechoic Peak - aa-neecchoho : ., ic Temporal Steady Temporal Steady Temporal Steady High dB Output 82.0 85.0 98.0 980 104.0 104.0 Low dB Output 75.0 82.0 94.0 94.0 99.0 99.0 dBA Output Notes and Comments • All values shown are dBA measured at 10 feet (3.01m). • UL1480 values measured in reverberotion room. • Average values are measured in anechoic chamber. Data sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 6 Light Output Patterns ia`ntdl'O.tii 'SG cd(3A)-Se'rjesStrbbes; e.degrees ,:...... r. 15 41 Series Strobes t- taont110ytjiutr 11Qcd138A) §eries Strobes-%: ontal output degrees; .: 5; .0 -75 [-,90 Ifertii ai autp 90° 90" Horizontal Specifications ,Rated Strobe.Output, bandela'.iu(1. - 757 1A -T 757 -5A -T ,•757 -7A -T.: ' 757 3A T 757 4A F =:_ .:_ ; 757-8A T UL 1638 N/A (horn only) 15 cd (indoor only) 75cd 30 cd 75cd 110 cd UL 1971 15 cd (wall mount only) 15 cd wall 15 cd ceiling 30 cd wall 15 cd ceiling 75 cd wall 60 cd ceiling 110 cd wall 60 cd ceiling ULC S526 15 cd 75cd 30 cd 75cd 120 cd Standalone Synchronization Characteristics (note 2) Strobe flash at 1 per second w thin 200 milliseconds on common circuit Horn pulses at temporal rate within 200 milliseconds on common circuit Operating Volts Strobe: 16-33 Vdc or Vfwr Continuous Horn: 16-33 Vdc or Vfwr Continuous Horn Output (note 1) Anechoic: High Setting -104 dBA (peak)/98 dBA (mg); Low Setting - 99 dBA (peak)/94 dBA Iavg) Reverberent: High Setting - 85 dBA (continuous)/82 dBA (temporal); Low Setting - 82 dBA (continuous)/75 dBA (temporal) Horn Current High Output: 40 mA @ 24 Vdc; 55mA @ 24 Vrms FWR Low Output: 20 mA @ 24 Vdc; 28 mA @ 24 Vrms FWR Strobe Flash Synchronization Synchronized at one flash per second. External control module necessary to meet UL 1971 synchronization requirements of 10 milliseconds over a two-hour period. Synchronization Sources G1M-RM, SIGA-CC1S, SIGA-MCC1S, BPS6A, BPS10A Strobe Marking Supplied with LKW-1 "FIRE" red letters, vertical both sides (Wall Mount) - see LKW and LKC series for ceiling style and optional markings. Flash Tube Enclosure Clear LEXAN with white marking sleeve Housing Textured, color impregnated engineered plastics - exceeds 94V-0 UL flammability rating Wire Connections Terminals - separate, polarized inputs for Horn & Strobe, #12 AWG 12.5mm2) maximum INDOOR Operating Environment 32-120° F (0-49° CI ambient temperature. 93% relative humidity @ 40° C OUTDOOR Operating Environment (must use weatherproof box) 98% relative humidity @ 40° C; -31-150° F I-35-66° C) ambient temperature (757-4A: rated at 48 cd @ -35° C per UU@ -40° C per ULC) 1757-7A: rated at 17.7 cd @ -35° C per UU@ -40° C per ULC) 1757-8A: rated at 70.7 cd @ -35° C per UU@ -40° C per ULC( Mounting -INDOOR Flush: North -American 2 -gang box, 3" high x 4" wide x 23/4" (69 mm) minimum Surface: 757A -SB Back box Bi-directional: 757A -80F Mounting Frame Mounting - OUTDOOR Surface: 757A -WB Weatherproof Box Agency Listings UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464, ULC S526, ULC S525, MEA, CSFM, FM. CE (A)) models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule) Note 1- Measured at 10 ft (3m) @ 24 Vdc. Subtract 3 dBA for models with strobes. Note 2 -Temporal audible pattern is defined as: / sec ON, l sec OFF, lk sec ON, 1/2 sec OFF, / sec ON, 12 sec OFF, then repeat cycle. Integrity audible will not be affected by Genesis signal silence operation when on the same two wire circuit with Genesis horn strobes. Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 6 S11'; .; Horns 757 -1A -T* Temporal Horn, Red 1.7 (0.81 757 -7A -T* Temporal Horn -Strobe, 15/75cd, Red 757 -5A -T* Temporal Horn -Strobe, 15cd, Red 757 -3A -T* Temporal Horn -Strobe, 30cd, Red 757 -4A -T* Temporal Horn -Strobe, 75cd, Red 757 -8A -T* Temporal Horn -Strobe, 110cd, Red LenS Markng Kits (see note 1) LKW-1 "FIRE", Wail Orientation (supplied) LKW-1R "FIRE", Wall Orientation, RED LKW-2 "FEW, Wall Orientation LKW-3 "FIRE/FEU", Wall Orientation LKW-4 "SMOKE", Wall Orientation LKW-5 "HALON", Wall Orientation LKW-6 "CO2", Wall Orientation LKW-7 "EMERGENCY", Wall Orientation 2.0 (0.9) LKW-8 "ALARM", Wall Orientation G1M-RM Genesis Signal Master Remote Mount (1 - gang) 0.2 (0.1) SIGA-CC1S Synchronization Output Module (Standard Mount) - UL/ULC Listed 0.5 (0.23) SGA- Synchronization Output Module (U10 Mount) MCC1S - UL Listed 0.18 (0.08) BPS6A 6.5 Amp Booster Power Supply BPS10A 10 Amp Booster Power Supply 13(5.9) 13 ( 5.9) Mounting Accessories2 757A -SB* Surface Box, Red, Indoor 757A -WB" Weatherproof Box, Red, Surface 1.5 (0.7) 757A-BDF* Bi-directional Frame, Red * R for Red , W for White 4 (1.8) LKW-9 "FUEGO", Wall Orientation 0.1 (.05) Add Suffix "W' to catalog no. for WHITE. ie.g. 7.57-7A-TLA4 Change "W" to "C" for CEILING mount. (e.g. LKC-1) Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 6 • GE' Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin Americo T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est © 2007 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved imagination at work Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used For installation purposes. Page 6 of 6 GE Security Overview Integrity temporal horns and temporal horn -strobes are specially designed for use with compatible life safety communication and control equipment to alert occupants of a life safety event. The horn emits a piercing low frequency sound that is easily heard above moderate ambient noise levels. The flash from its strobe can be noticed from almost any position in the room, corridor, or large open space. Integrity's rugged plastic housing is made from durable and fire retardant, high impact plastic with a slightly textured surface. Its ingenious mounting plate firmly holds the device in place with a single screw. A separate trim plate is not required. Terminals accept up to #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire for polarized connections. Strobes are shipped with standard wall mount style "FIRE" lens markings. Where ceiling orientation, other languages, or different lens markings are required, GE Security offers optional LKW and LKC series Lens Marking Kits. These optional lens markings simply snap on to the strobe. Consult GE Security for availability of special lens markings. Integrity horns and horn -strobes are designed for 16 to 33 Vdc operation and must be connected to signal circuits that output a constant (not pulsed) voltage. A diode is used to allow full signal circuit supervision. Temporal Horns and Horn -strobes 757 Series EST Fire & Life Safety Strobes, Horns, Bells & Chimes Standard Features • UL 1971 -listed synchronizing strobe Integrity strobes synchronize to the latest UL 1971 requirements when used with a synchronization source. • Adjustable Audible Output Select temporal or continuous tones, and High setting for 98 dBA output or Low setting for 94 dBA sound output. • Genesis -compatible All Genesis and Integrity strobes on the same circuit meet UL 1971 synchronization requirements when used with an external control module. • Approved for public and private mode applications UL 1971 -listed as signaling devices for the hearing impaired and UL 1638 -listed as protective visual signaling appliances. • Durable red or white Noryl front plate Ideal for outdoor, industrial or harsh environments. • Field changeable field markings Lens language or standard "FIRE" marking is easily changed with optional LKW and LKC series lens kits. • Easy Installation Flush mount to standard North American 4" square or two -gang box. Integrity's universal mounting plate allows it to be wired and then left hanging free for easy inspection and testing before it is fastened to the electrical box. () MEA ((® FM Patented Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 6 Application 9 u , NOTE The installation of`yisi6le and audible si Hats areub'sect Co notional an'd;local standords;code`s;dnd.o ' rdlnances Consult yourAuthonty Having Jurisdiction fordevice installation regutrements, application standards, and minimum performance speeificctions.., Horns During installation, the horn is configured for steady or temporal tone signal and either low (94 dBA) or high (98 dBA) output. When temporal output is selected all horns on a common two -wire circuit are self -synchronized (see specifications). External control modules are not required for audible synchronization. Suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with alert or alarm signals is at least 15dB above the average ambi- ent sound level, or 5dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, measured 5' (1.5m( above the floor. The average ambient sound level is the RMS, A -weighted sound pressure measured over a 24-hour period. Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically result in a 6 dB reduction of the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. A3 dBA difference represents a barely noticeable change in volume. 105 95 85 75 dBA 75 85 95 105 —Temporal Horn (dBA) Typical Sound Output Distribution dBA measured at 10 ft in anechoic chamber 757 Series Temporal Horn ('HIGH' output) Installation and Mounting All models fit to a standard flush mounted, North -American two - gang electrical box, 23/4 inch (69 mm) minimum. Optional flush trims are not required. For surface mount, use GE Security's custom indoor and outdoor surface boxes painted in color -matched red or white epoxy. GE Security recom- mends that fire alarm horn/strobes always be installed in accordance with the latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Mounting Plate (provided) Strobes GE Security strobes are UL 1971 -listed for use indoors as wall -mounted public -mode notification appliances for the hearing impaired. Prevail- ing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed specified levels, where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation. Consult with your Authority Having Jurisdiction for details. As part of the Enhanced Integrity line of products, 757 Series strobes exceed UL synchronization requirements (within 10 millisec- onds other over a two-hour period) when used with a synchroniza- tion source. Synchronization is important in order to avoid epileptic sensitivity. Integrity strobes are fully compatible with GE Genesis signals. NATE jh2 fiosh intensely of some"visibi signals moy,not be adequate:, o.alert`or woken occupants m the prolected.area::Reseorch indicates ,' . that the:intensityo•f strot e:needed,to av�ken„90%af sleeping persons is =: approximately 100 cd. GE Security. recommends' that strobes' in, sleeping `rooms:be rated -at dt least 110`cd. :' ' •'< f WARNING These;devices'wili Hat operate without electrical power. As fires.,: frequently cause power interruptions, further "safeguards such,as`'backup, powersuppiles moy be required. North American 2 -gang electric box, 2$/4” (69mrn) minimum (Alternative: 4" square box 2-118" (54mm) deep) fi9\ 6-32 screws (by others) Surface Box - 5-5/8" (143mm) sq. x Housing 3-9/16" (91 mm) deep 5-1/2" (140mm) x 5-1/2" (140mm) x 5/8" (16mm) Single Mounting Screw (provided) Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 6 Typical Wiring The strobe must be connected to signal circuits which output a con- stant (not pulsed) voltage. The horn can be connected to continuous voltage circuits. HORN and STROBE ON SAME CIRCUIT To UL/ULC Listed Fre Alarm Control Panel Signal Circud FIRST DEVICE Norn/Strobe HORN and STROBE ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT To UL/ULC Listed + Fire Alarm Control Panel Signal Circuit To UL/ULC Listed + Fire Alarm Control Panel Signal Circuit Horn/Strobe H To Next Device or EOL Resistor >+ To Next Device or EOL Resistor To Next Strobe Device or EOL Resistor dBA Output Horn-sEtobes .` Strobe Operating Current (RMS) Rating 15/75 cd 3Ocd.. ,11Ocd' 16 Vdc 16 Vfwr 109 150 130 263 329 150 210 189 333 420 Typicill':,' :Current 24 Vdc 24 Vfwr 15 cd:: `; ° `15/75 cd 110 cd 69 90 89 159 180 108 128 134 255 260 Vdc: Volts direct current, regulated and filtered Vfwr: Volts full wave rectified Current Draw Notes and Comments 1. Current values are shown in mA. 2. UL Nameplate Rating can vary from Typical Current due to measurement methods and instruments used. 3. GE Security recommends using the Typical Current for system design including NAC and Power Supply loading and voltage drop calculations. 4. Use the 16 Vdc RMS current ratings for filtered power supply and battery AH calcu- lations. Use the 16 Vfwr RMS current ratings for unfiltered power supply calcula- tions. 5. Fuses, circuit breakers and other overcurrent protection devices are typically rated for current in RMS values. Most of these devices operate based upon the heating affect of the current flowing through the device The RMS current determines the heating offect and therefore, the trip and hold threshold for those devices. • Horns'. UL464 Average - anechoic Peak - anechoic Temporal Steady Temporal Steady Temporal Steady High dB Output 79.0 85.0 97.0 97.0 102.0 102.0 Low dB Output 75.0 79.0 93.0 93.0 98.0 98.0 • Horns'. dBA Output Notes and Comments • All values shown are dBA measured at 10 feet 13.01m1. • UL1480 values measured in reverberation mom. • Average values are measured in onechoic chamber. Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 6 1.11.464 Average - anechoic Peak - anechoic Temporal Steady Temporal Steady Temporal Steady High dB Output 82.0 85.0 98.0 98.0 104.0 104.0 Low dB Output 75.0 82.0 94.0 94.0 99.0 99.0 dBA Output Notes and Comments • All values shown are dBA measured at 10 feet 13.01m1. • UL1480 values measured in reverberation mom. • Average values are measured in onechoic chamber. Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 6 Light Output Patterns cd (5A) Series Strobes Hdri2ontofaiitput degrees, .V 101 Output. 5/75cd1-7A) Series5trobes degrees 30. • . - 45 k7ity 360' al Caput 10 cd ,: to 20 Qtlpj rf �, 4 `R7 0 90 , 5 AJerage 4.1L -mi lL 9os a : Averpge; 9 90° Horizontal Specifications 90 ,Rated Strabe.Output- cartdela;(cd) 757-SA=t. = -: 757=SA=T 757.7A-7, ; , ,' ` 757.3A T 757 4A T 757 8A T ', '• UL 1638 N/A (horn only) 15 cd (indoor only) 75 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd UL 1971 15 cd (wall mount only) 15 cd wall 15 cd ceiling 30 cd wall 15 cd ceiling 75 cd wall 60 cd ceiling 110 cd wall 60 cd ceiling ULC S526 15 cd 75 cd 30 cd 75 cd 120 cd Standalone Synchronization Characteristics (note 2) Strobe flash at 1 per second w thin 200 milliseconds on common circuit Horn pulses at temporal rate within 200 milliseconds on common circuit Operating Volts Strobe: 16-33 Vdc or Vfwr Continuous Horn: 16-33 Vdc or Vfwr Continuous Horn Output (note 1) Anechoic: High Setting -104 dBA (peak(/98 d8A (avg); Low Setting - 99 dBA (peak)/94 dBA (avg) Reverberent: High Setting - 85 d8A (continuous)/82 dBA (temporal); Low Setting - 82 dBA (continuous)/75 dBA (temporal) Horn Current High Output: 40 mA @ 24 Vdc; 55mA @ 24 Vrms FWR Low Output: 20 mA @ 24 Vdc; 28 mA @ 24 Vrms FWR Strobe Flash Synchronization Synchronized at one flash per second. External control module necessary to meet UL 1971 synchronization requirements of 10 milliseconds over a two-hour period. Synchronization Sources G1M-RM, SIGA-CC1S, SIGA-MCC1S, BPS6A, BPS10A Strobe Marking Supplied with LKW-1 "FIRE" red letters, vertical both sides (Wall Mount) - see LKW and LKC series for ceiling style and optional markings. Flash Tube Enclosure Clear LEXAN with white marking sleeve Housing Textured, color impregnated engineered plastics - exceeds 94V-0 UL flammability rating Wire Connections Terminals - separate, polarized inputs for Horn & Strobe, #12 AWG (2.5mm2) maximum INDOOR Operating Environment 32-120° F (0-49° C) ambient temperature. 93% relative humidity @ 40° C OUTDOOR Operating Environment (must use weatherproof box) 98% relative humidity @ 40° C; -31-150° F (-35-66° C) ambient temperature (757-4A: rated at 48 cd @ -35° C per UL/@ -40° C per ULC) (757-7A: rated at 17.7 cd @ -35° C per UL/@ -40° C per ULC) (757-84: rated at 70.7 cd @ -35° C per UL/@ -40° C per ULC) Mounting -INDOOR Flush: North -American 2 -gang box, 3" high x 4" wide x 23A" (69 mm) minimum Surface: 757A -SB Back box Bi-directional: 757A-BDF Mounting Frame Mounting - OUTDOOR Surface: 757A -WB Weatherproof Box Agency Listings UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464, ULC 5526, ULC S525, MEA, CSFM, FM. CE (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule) Note 1- Measured at 10 ft (3m) @ 24 Vdc. Subtract 3 dBA for models with strobes. Note 2 - Temporal audible pattern is defined as: Y sec ON, 1/2 sec OFF, '/a sec ON, 1/2 sec OFF, 1 sec ON, 11/2 sec OFF, then repeat cycle. Integrity audible will not be affected by Genesis signal silence operation when on the same two wire circuit with Genesis horn strobes. Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 6 • 757 -1A -T* Temporal Horn, Red 1.7 (0.8) Temporal Hrn-Strobes 757 -7A -T* Temporal Horn -Strobe, 15/75cd, Red 757 -5A -T* Temporal Horn -Strobe, 15cd, Red 757 -3A -T* Temporal Horn -Strobe, 30cd, Red 757 -4A -T* Temporal Horn -Strobe, 75cd, Red 757 -8A -T* Temporal Horn -Strobe, 110cd, Red tens irking Kits(see note 1) LKW-1 "FIRE", Wall Orientation (supplied) LKW-1R "FIRE", Wall Orientation, RED LKW-2 "FEU", Wall Orientation LKW-3 "FIRE/FEU", Wall Orientation LKW-4 "SMOKE", Wall Orientation LKW-5 "HALON", Wall Orientation LKW-6 "CO2", Wall Orientation LKW-7 "EMERGENCY", Wall Orientation 2.0 (0.9) LKW-8 "ALARM", Wall Orientation Synchronization S�urces. . , G1M-RM Genesis Signal Master Remote Mount (1- gang) 0.2 (0.1) SIGA-CC1S Synchronization Output Module (Standard Mount) - UL/ULC Listed 0.5 (0.23) SIGA- Synchronization Output Module (U10 Mount) MCC1S - UL Listed 0.18 (0.08) BPS6A 6.5 Amp Booster Power Supply BPS10A 10 Amp Booster Power Supply 13 ( 5.9) 13 ( 5.9) • ' 757A -S8* Surface Box, Red, Indoor 757A -WB* Weatherproof Box, Red, Surface 1.5 (0.7) 757A-BDF* Bi-directional Frame, Red * R for Red , W for White 4(1.8) LKW-9 "FUEGO", Wall Orientation 0.1 (.05) Add Suffix "W to catalog no. for WHITE. Ie.g. 757 -7A -TW) Change "W" to "C for CEILING mount. (e.g. LKC-1) Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 6 GE' Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin Americo T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est © 2007 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved imagination at work Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 6 GE Security Overview The Control Relay Module and the Polarity Reversal Relay Module are part of the Signature Series system. They are intelligent analog addressable devices available in either plug-in (U10) versions, or standard 1 -gang mount versions. The SIGA-CR/MCR Control Relay Module provides a Form "C" dry relay contact to control external appliances such as door closers, fans, dampers etc. This device does not provide supervision of the state of the relay contact. Instead, the on -board microprocessor ensures that the relay is in the proper ON/OFF state. Upon com- mand from the loop controller, the SIGA-CR/MCR relay activates the normally open or normally -closed contact. The SIGA-CRR/MCRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module provides a Form "C" dry relay contact to power and activate a series of SIGA- AB4G Audible Sounder Bases. Upon command from the Signature loop controller, the SIGA-CRR reverses the polarity of its 24 Vdc output, thus activating all Sounder Bases on the data loop. Standard -mount versions (SIGA-CR and SIGA-CRR) are installed to standard North American 1 -gang electrical boxes, making them ideal for locations where only one module is required. Separate I/O and data loop connections are made to each module. Plug-in UIO versions (SIGA-MCR and SIGA-MCRR) are part of the UIO family of plug-in Signature Series modules. They function identically to the standard mount versions, but take advantage of the modular flexibility and easy installation that characterizes all U10 modules. Two- and six -module U10 motherboards are available. All wiring connections are made to terminal blocks on the mother- board. U10 assemblies may be mounted in GE Security enclosures. Control Relay Modules SIGA-CR, SIGA-MCR, SIGA-CRR, SIGA-MCRR EST Fire & Life Safety Intelligent Input/Output Standard Features • Provides one no/nc contact (SIGA-CR/MCR) Form "C" dry relay contact can be used to control external appli- ances such as door closers, fans, dampers etc. • Allows group operation of sounder bases The SIGA-CRR/MCRR reverses the polarity of its 24 Vdc output, thus activating all Sounder Bases on the data loop. • Plug-in (UIO) or standard 1 -gang mount U10 versions allow quick installation where multiple modules are required. The 1 -gang mount version is ideal for remote locations that require a single module. • Automatic device mapping Signature modules transmit information to the loop controller regarding their circuit locations with respect to other Signature devices on the wire loop. • Electronic addressing Programmable addresses are downloaded from the loop con- troller, a PC, or the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool; there are no switches or dials to set. • Intelligent device with microprocessor All decisions are made at the module to allow lower communica- tion speed with substantially improved control panel response time and less sensitivity to line noise and loop wiring properties; twisted or shielded wire is not required. • Ground fault detection by address Detects ground faults right down to the device level. MEA Data Sheet 85001-0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 6 Installation SIGA-CR and SIGA-CRR: modules mount to North American 21 inch (64 mm) deep 1 -gang boxes and 13 inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 1 -gang covers and SIGA-MP mounting plates. The terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size. Compatible electrical box Wall plate, white (1 -gang) SIGA-MCR and SIGA-MCRR: mount the U10 motherboard inside a suitable GE Security enclosure with screws and washers provided. Plug the module into any available position on the motherboard and secure the module to the motherboard with the captive screws. Wiring connections are made to the terminals on the motherboard (see wiring diagram). U10 motherboard terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size. UIO Motherboard --Cabinet or electrical enclosure Captive screws Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically addresses each module, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its on -board memory. The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired, the modules can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. GE Security recommends that this module be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Application The operation of Signature Series control relays is determined by their sub -type code or "Personality Code." Personality Code 8: CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR/MCR) - Dry Contact Output. This setting configures the module to provide one Form "C" DRY RELAY CONTACT to control Door Closers, Fans, Dampers, etc. Contact rating is 2.0 amp @ 24 Vdc; 0.5 amp @ 120 Vac (or 220 Vac for non -UL applications). Personality Code 8 is assigned at the fac- tory. No user configuration is required. Personality Code 8: POLARITY REVERSAL RELAY MODULE (SIGA- CRR/MCRR). This setting configures the module to reverse the polarity of its 24 Vdc output. Contact rating is 2.0 amp @ 24 Vdc (pilot duty). Personality Code 8 is assigned at the factory. No user configuration is required. Compatibility The Signature Series modules are compatible only with GE Securi- ty's Signature Loop Controller. Warnings & Cautions This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires fre- quently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. Testing & Maintenance The module's automatic self-diagnosis identifies when it is defective and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly maintenance pro- gram shows the current state of each module and other pertinent messages. Single modules may be turned off (deactivated) tempo- rarily, from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards. Data Sheet 85001-0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 6 Typical Wiring Modules will accept #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), #14 AWG 11.50mm2) and #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG 11.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Normally - Open Red LED (Alarm/Active) DATA IN (+) > 1 DATA IN (-) Normally - Common Closed TB2 TB1 From Signature Controller or Previous Device Data In Data Out_ Green LED (Normal) • ► DATA OUT (+) ► DATA OUT (-) J} To Next Device SIGA-CR Control Relay Normally Open Common Normally Closed Green LED (Normal) Red LED (Active) No connections required for MCR. Other modules may require connections. SIGA-MCR Control Relay Notes Q Refer to Signature Loop Controller Installation Sheet for wiring specifications, NFPA 72 requires that the SIGA-CR/SIGA-MCR be installed in the same room as the device it is control- ling. This requirement may not apply in all markets. Check with your local AHJ for details. ® The SIGA-U106R and the SIGA-U102R do not come with TB14. ® The SIGA-0106 does not come with TB8 through TB13. ® Supervised and power -limited. A If the source is nonpower -limited, maintain a space of 1/4 inch from power -limited wiring or use FPL, FPLP, FPLR, or an equivalent in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 7) Maximum #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire. Min. #18 (0.75mrn2). No connections required for MCR. Other modules may require connections. Data Sheet 85001-0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 6 Typical Wiring Modules will accept #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.Omm2), #14 AWG (1.50mm2) and #12 AWG (2.50mm2) wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.Omm2) and #18 AWG (0.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Listed 24 VEX 4 Nominal Power Supply Signature Controller AB4G Audible Base AB4G Audible Base AB4G Audible Base 6254A-003 EOL Relay A A SIGA-CRR A Optional CR for disabling/disconnecting sounder base Notes © Refer to the Signoture controller installation sheet for wiring. Q One Pair of Wires (24 Vdc power). ® One Pair of Wires (Signature Data). A Single Wire (24 Vdc power). © The SIGA-UI06R and the SIGA-U102R do not come with TB 14. ® The SIGA-U106 does not come with TB8 through TB13. Signatu e — Data Data Out Circuit UL/ULC Listed 24 Vdc power supply Audible Bases SIGA-MCRR 6254A-003 EOL Relay required for supevlsion III III"I doj For normal operation For General Fire Alarm Operation 4 MCRR UIO(R) series motherboard Data Out - 8 Supervised and power -limited. Signature ® If the source is nonpower -limited, maintain a space of CircuitDOcO 1/4 inch from power -limited wiring or use FPL, FPLP, FPLR, or on equivalent in accordance with the National t Electrical Code. Data In 9 Maximum #12 AWG (2.5 mm2 I wire: Minimum #18 AWG (0.75 mm2 ). 10 End -of -Line Relay must monitor and report power sup- ply trouble to control panel. 11 Class B Data wiring may be "T -tapped." Green LED (Normal) Red LED (Active) Optional MCRR or MCR for disabling/disconnecting an audible base. No connections required for MCRR. Other modules may require connections. No connections required for MCRR. Other modules may require connections. Green LED (Normal) Red LED (Active) No connections required for MCRR. Other modules may require connections. Data Sheet 85001-0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 6 Specifications ' Catalog Number r SIGA-CR, SIGA MCR ; SIGA .CR'R SIGA-MCRR`. Description Control Relay Polarity Reversal Relay Type Code Personality Code 8 (Factory Set) Personality Code 8 (Factory Set) Address Requirements Uses 1 Module Address Operating Current Standby = 100pA Activated = 100pA Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Relay Type and Rating Form "C" 24 VDC = 2 amps (pilot duty) 120 Vac = 0.5 amps 220 Vac (non -UL) = 0.5 amps Mounting North American 21/ inch (64 mm) deep 1 -gang boxes and 11/ inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 1 -gang covers and SIGA-MP mounting plates Plugs into U102R, U106R or U106 Motherboards North American 21 inch (64 mm) deep 1 -gang boxes and 11 inch (38 mm( deep 4 inch square boxes with 1 -gang covers and SIGA-MP mounting plates Plugs into U102R, U106R or U106 Motherboards Construction & Finish High Impact Engineering Polymer Storage and Operating Environment Operating Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) Humidity: 0 to 93% RH LED Operation On -board Green LED - Flashes when polled On -board Red LED - Flashes when in alarm/active Compatibility Use With: Signature Loop Controller Agency Listings UL, ULC, CSFM, MEA Ordering Information Catalog Number ,'. Oesciiptioit : ';° SIGA-CR Control Relay Module (Standard Mount) Ship,Weight - ibs {kg)" ' 0.4 (0.15) SIGA-MCR Control Relay Module (UIO Mount) 0.1810.081 SIGA-CRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module (Standard Mount) 0.4 (0.15) SIGA-MCRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module (UIO Mount) 0.18 (0.08) Reloted-Egtiipment; _:': 27193-11 Surface Mount Box - Red, 1 -gang 1 (0.6) 27193-16 Surface Mount Box - White, 1 -gang 1(0.6) SIGA-U102R Universal Input -Output Module Board w/Riser Inputs - Two Module Positions 0.32 (0.15) SIGA-U106R Universal Input -Output Module Board w/Riser Inputs - Six Module Positions 0.62 (0.28) SIGA-U106 Universal Input -Output Module Board - Six Module Positions 0.56 (0.25) SIGA-AB4G Audible (Sounder) Detector Base 0.3 (0.151 Accessories. MFC -A Multifunction Fire Cabinet - Red, supports Signature Module Mounting Plates 7.0 )3.11 SIGA-MB4 Transponder Mounting Bracket (allows for mounting two 1 -gang modules in a 2 -gang box) 0.4 (0.15) SIGA-MP1 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1 footprint 1.5 (0.701 SIGA-MP2 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 footprint 0.5 (0.23) SIGA-MP2L Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 extended footprint 1.02 (0.46) Data Sheet 85001-0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 6 Gr Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est © 2006 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security. Signature Series Overview The Signature Series intelligent analog -addressable system from GE Security is an entire family of multi -sensor detectors and mounting bases, multiple -function input and out- put modules, network and non -network control panels, and user-friendly maintenance and service tools. Analog information from equipment connected to Signature devices is gathered and converted into digital signals. An onboard microprocessor in each Signature device measures and analyzes the signal and decides whether or not to input an alarm. The microprocessor in each Signature device provides four additional benefits - Self -diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Com- munication. Self -diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series device constantly runs self - checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in its non-volatile memory. This information is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The information stored in device memory includes: • Device serial number, address, and type • Time and date of last alarm • Most recent trouble code logged by the detector — 32 possllble trouble codes may be used to diagnose faults. Automatic Device Mapping -The Signature Data Controller (SDC) learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The SDC keeps a map of all Signature Series devices connected to it. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "as -built" drawing informa- tion showing branch wiring (T -taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy. This takes the mystery out of the installation. The preparation of as -built drawings is fast and efficient. Device mapping allows the Signature Data Controller to discover: • Unexpected additional device addresses • Missing device addresses • Changes to the wiring in the circuit. Most Signature modules use a personality code selected by the installer to determine their actual function. Personality codes are downloaded from the SDC during system configura- tion and are indicated during device mapping. Standalone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the device is guaranteed. On- board intelligence permits the device to operate in standalone (degrade) mode. If Signature loop controller CPU communications fail for more than four seconds, all devices on that circuit go into standalone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each Signature device on the circuit continues to collect and analyze information from its slave devices. When connected to a panel utilizing standalone operation, modules with their "personality" set as alarm devices (IDC) will alarm should their slave alarm -initiating device activate. imagination at work Data Sheet 85001-0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 6 _ • '7rztt: PRESSURE TYPE WATER FLOW DETECTOR RETARD CHAMBER EPRORCEER Security Systems Monitored water flow :ind sprinkler systems are often recommended by local municipalities, and can help lower insurance rates. Sprinkler Supervisory & Water Flow Systems The ADT Customer Monitoring Centers Water flow and sprinkler monitoring requires a cooperative effort, and is achieved through successful integra- tion of equipment, people and service. ADT's Sprinkler Supervisoryand Water Flow alarm•devices are linked to ADT's Customer Monitoring Center where trained personnel continuously Monitor your system for signal traffic. ADT Customer Monitoring Centers respond to alarm signals analyzing the type of alarm, location, and notify- ing the proper authorities. Correct no- tification can be extremely important to help prevent damage by water flow and other incidents where police and - fire departments are not responsible. ADT Monitoring Equipment Signals ADT is a worldwide.leader in the sales, installation and monitoring of electronic alarm, sprinkler, and water flow detection equipment. ADT Customer Monitoring Centers can receive three types of signals from the sprinkler system equipment: AT has been a leading provider of centeral monitoring services throughout much of its 100 year history. • Alarm Signal Water flaw alarm devices can send an alarm signal to the ADT Customer Monitoring Center when a sprinkler head is activated and water flows., This usually happens when there is a fire, but may occur as a result of a - serious leak or sudden pressure surge. Water flow alarms are trans- mitted to ADT which notifies the fire department and your designated individuals or service companies. • Supervisory Signal Sprinkler supervisory devices can send a distinctive signal to the ADT Customer Monitoring Center when a condition occurs that could prevent the sprinkler system from functioning properly. These devices can monitor water and air pressure, water and air temperature, water level, fire pumps, pump engines, room tem- perature, and control valve status. • ADT's sprinkler supervisory service can alert your designated represen- tative or building authorities of these conditions that could be potentially damaging in the event of a fire. • Trouble Signal All monitoring device wiring is supervised for breaks and bad grounds in accordance with the National Fire Prevention Association" requirements. In the event of a wiring break or monitoring panel malfunction, a trouble signal is sent to the ADT Customer Monitoring Center so that service technicians can be dispatched: - Signal Transmission Methods The means by which signals are sent from monitoring equipment to the ADT Customer Monitoring Centers are. a variety of, public and private _ data networks. Other means of transmission can be arranged where wire -based trans- mission is not available. All methods permit system supervision. iM. 4',..4r. J. • •: r . • �.Y:�. • - '. , ice''rtrz.+ . J. -pr- AN"; ,r• -k. -W .....: ti ii .', Lt'-ri• ,✓«.- ">1.-.-{r '�'.. -n'• i5T_�-'T• Municipal Codes and Fire Regulations Local building and fire codes will significantly influence your decisions about protection for new or existing structures. ADT's SSWF systems are among those recommended by the National Fire Prevention Association (NFPA). Standards set by the NFPA are usually adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), the local . municipal governing body. These local officials are usually knowledgeable' community members with fire insur- ance and fire prevention experience. Frequently, authorities insist on sys- tems which include.monitoring. Insurance Requirements Qualifying properties with monitored sprinkler systems are categorized as Highly Protected Risks (HPR) by insur- ance companies. HPR's are usually charged lower insurance rates. To be eligible for HPR insurance rates, a watchman or a SSWF service must be employed. The advantage of SSWF service is that it is much more cost effective than watchman service. • Properties not qualifying for HPR status are charged rates set by the Insurance Services Office (ISO) in each state. Credits may be given to insured property with ADT's SSWF service. To obtain approval.for insurance credits, all insurance companies require: • UL listed'equipment be used • The monitoring station pass an annual inspection - • Adherence to NFPA standards for operation- • Maintenance and inspection service Maintaining Sprinkler Systems NFPA codes require bimonthly test- ing of all transmitters, water flow actu- ated devices, automatic fire detection systems and valve supervisory devices. ADT can provide testing and inspection services for its SSWF customers. These inspections also meet the requirements of most insurance companies. Company records of these inspections should be maintained by the property owner and records of all alarms and SSWF signals must be submitted in writing to local authorities in accordance with NFPA guidelines. Specifying Monitoring Equipment ADT can provide a SSWF monitoring . system to address the requirements of new or existing buildings:lJpon request your representative will meet with your Staff, architect, building contractor, insurance agent and local officials to help provide a system that will offer protection at an affordable cost. ADT's security systems team_ can also ad- dress the integration of your SSWF design into your total security system. If your business consists of only one location or a nationwide network of multi-purpose facilities ADT can offer a SSWF system to meet your needs. For further information on.SSWF systems call 1 -800 -ADT -INFO. ADT Security Systems employees are highly -trained professionals, dedicated to quality products and services, and helping you feel confident with your Focus SSWF system. " ' T 472361/G 3-94 Battery (standby): Type Charging current Fuse (F1) DC Power Output (TB1): Supervised Output Non -alarm current Fuse (F2) Open Collector Outputs (TB2): Number of outputs Output current Protection Loops (TB3): Number of loops Max.Alarm Impedance (per loop): Type Class B: Type Class A: Loop current: Type Class B (General) Type Class B (using 247650 4W/2W Smoke Detector Interface Module) Type Class A (using 248035 SSWF Class A Loop Module) • Threshold loop current External EOL resistor Loop cable length to EOL resistor Operating Temperature Range: Weight: Exterior Dimensions: Cabinet Color: Cabinet Wiring Ports: Cutouts (2) Concentric knockouts (3) • Auxiliary relays: DPDT Contacts Coil Resistance Mounting Type Current drain SPDT Contacts Coil Resistance Mounting Type Current drain Communicator: FCC Registration number: Ringer Equivalence Number (1) 12V, 7.0AH sealed lead -acid 750 mA (max.) 1.1A, Solid -State Resettable (non -replaceable) 12VDC, 650 mA (max.) inherently power limited 80 mA (max.) 1.1A, Solid -State Resettable (non -replaceable) 13. (non -supervised) 20 mA (max. per output) 11 (10 protective loops; 1 loop circuit being used internally for pushbuttons on display ) 2400 ohms 1500 ohms 3 mA DC (standby); 10 mA DC (max. in alarm) 4 mA DC (standby); 4 mA DC (module) 30 mA DC (max. in alarm) 4 mA DC (standby); 10 mA DC (max. in alarm) ±50% 3000 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt 1000 feet (max.) 32F° (0°C) to 120°F (49°C) 26 lbs. (11.7 kg) with battery 16"H x 13-1/2"W x 2-3/4"D . 410mm x 346mm x 70mm Red enamel finish 1".Wx2"H 3/4"(1-1/8") dia.,1"(1-3/8") dia. 5A resistive, 2 Form C 1000 ohms ± 1096 Plug-in 15 mA (max.) at 12 VDC 5A resistive, 2 Form C 1000 ohms ± 10% Plug-in 15 mA (max.) at 12 VDC AP6-USA 74033 -AL -E 3 4 ADT Security Systems GENERAL PS series batteries provide secondary power for the whole ADT series of fire alarm control panels. FEATURES • Provide secondary power for control panels • Gelled electrolyte • Sealed and maintenance free • Overcharge protected • Extended shelf life • Easy handling with leak -proof construction • Ruggedly constructed, high -impact ABS plastic case • Long service life • Compact design CAPACITY Battery capacity, expressed in ampere -hours (Ah), is the product of a discharge current and the length of time that the current is discharged. Batteries are rated according to their performance during 20 hours of discharge at a constant current. The rated capacity of a battery is determined by subjecting it to a constant discharge current for 20 hours at 68° F (20° C). After 20 hours the voltage across the terminals is measured. The discharge current which causes a reading of 1.72 volts per cell (5.16 V on a 6 V battery and 10.32 V on a 12 V battery) is called the rated current. This current multiplied by 20 is the rated capacity of the battery. APPLICATIONS Use the PS series batteries to provide backup power for control panels. Select batteries based on current requirements for your system and the capacity of its charger. These batteries can be used over a temperature range of -76° F to +140° F (-60° C to +60° C). CONSTRUCTION The sealed construction of the Power -Sonic battery allows trouble-free, safe operation in any position. There is no need to add electrolyte, as gases generated during overcharge are recombined in a unique "Oxy- gen Cycle." The battery is sealed, leak -proof, and maintenance free. The case is made of ABS, a high -impact plastic resin (acrylonitrile butadiiene styrene copolymer) with high resistance to chemicals & flammability. INSTALLATION All panels have space reserved for batteries. See appropriate panel installation manual for battery size restrictions. Typical interconnection diagrams are shown in the literature accompanying each control panel. Mardi 2, 1993 Page 1 of 2 Catalog Section: Power Supplies E-200 PS Series Batteries -4 SEALED RECHARGEABLE BATTERY Rows -A ►5 M•d.I PS -11116 II Volt •.i AH Power -Sonia Corporation The PS -695 Battery The PS -1242 Battery We try to keep our product infomtation up to date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact: i Security Systems, 300 Interpace Parkway, Parsippany, NJ 07054 Phone: (201) 316-1000 FAX: (201) 316-1131 SEALED RECHARGEABLE BATTERY MODEL PS -1270 12 VOLT 7.0 AMP. HOUR Length 5.94 ± .04 Inches (151±1 mm) n Width 2.56 ± .04 Inches (65±1 mm) • • • .c .c 0 0 " E DoE X• *No BB -17: Optional Battery Backbox 14-1/2" Wide x 8"-1/4" High x 4-3/4" Deep For remote mounting of two 12 volt PS -12170 batteries ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS The fire control panel shall be equipped with secondary power provided by gelled -electrolyte batteries. The batteries shall be maintenance free and shall be capable of powering the system in a manner and for a length of time determined by the governing regulations and the authority having jurisdiction. Model Nominal Voltage V Nominal Capacity ® 20 hour mA rate Discharge Capacity ® 20 hour AH rate Dimensions Length Width Height Height over terminal Weight in. mm. in. mm. in. mm. in. num. lbs. kg. PS -695 6 9.5 475 4.26 108 2.75 70 5.54 141 5.54 141 4.9 2.2 PS -1242 12 4.0 200 3.54 90 2.76 70 3.98 101 4.13 105 3.8 1.7 PS -1270 12 7.0 325 5.94 151 2.56 65 3.70 94 3.86 98 5.7 2.6 PS -12120 12 12 600 5.94 151 3.86 98 ' 3.70 94 3.86 98 8.8 4.0 PS -12170 12 17 850 7.13 181 2.99 76 6.57 167 6.57 167 12.8 5.8 PS -12250 12 25 1300 6.89 175 6.54 166 4.92 125 4.92 125 18.7 8.5 PS -12550 12 55 3000 10.25 260 6.60 168 8.20 208 9.45 240 39.7 18.0 6.5 57 6.0 s 5.5 t. 5.0 • m 4.5 4.0 - 13 12 11 10 9 8 Characteristic Discharge Curves 060 .1-- 'o. T5 °° r .1C0.5c 3C 1 10 - 0 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 80 2 3 5 10 20 30 {E-- minutes hours -'I Discharge Time 0 20° C (68° 9 Effect of Temperature on Capacity 120% 100% 80% 0 60% $ 40% 20% 0% -20° -10° 0• 10• 20° 30° 40° 50% 60% Temperature (Degrees C.) 0 01 0 d a. 0 0 z 0 0.5C ------025C -0.1C 0.6C 1C 2c --- 77 0• 10• 20° 30° 40° 50% 60% Temperature (Degrees C.) 0 01 0 d a. 0 0 z 0 7".Tm' IJC �� OFFICE SSWF RISER EXIST. FACP 1 � LOW FLOOR PLAN SCALE' NONE LEGEND. ® COMMUNICATOR ® EXISTING FIRE ALARM PANEL NOTE' ADT IS INSTALLING A SSWF PANEL TO TAKE OVER MONITORING OF EXISTING ALARM PANEL. MTU MR 1 LEI 11.17-w www ADT SW - MI= NEE ECONO LODGE MOTEL rat Tini FIRE ALARM MONITORING ADT --1 PART NAME OR DESCRIPTION SUPV AL RM SUPV. ALRP1. CURR CURR CURR. CURR. QTY EACH EACH TOTAL TOTAL Focus SSWF PANEL 1 O. 0800 0. 6 500 O. 0800 . 0. 6 500 TOTALS: 1 0. 0800 O. 6500 REQ. #HRS STANDBY?: 24 TOT. AL RM. MIN. IN ALRM?: 5 MIN. AMP. HR. BATT REQ= 2. 0 (30X Batt. Age Fac. Inc) (130% Total Load) v c 445C SERIES PMOTOELECTRONIC SMOKE DETECTORS AUG i . 1992 si, NOW and into the Future ALF Area 1pe '1Q V/DC-30 VDC Four Wire DESCRIPTION The 445C Series are four -wire photoelectronic smoke detectors that operate on the light scattering concept. A pulsed infrared light emitting diode is used as the light source and a high speed photodiode as the sensing element. Each unit has one Form A (SPSTNO) alarm relay contact for connection to an alarm initiating circuit. An additional alarm relay contact set (Form C SPDT) for auxiliary functions and/or an integral heat sensor (135°F, 50 ft.) are available as options. See Electrical Specifications. APPLICATION The 445C Series smoke detectors are suited for commercial, industrial, institutional and residential fire alarm systems. The detector is intended for four -wire connection to UL Listed 12 and 24 volt DC fire alarm control units. All models are easily converted to non -latching operation. Those equipped with auxiliary alarm contacts are also suitable for releasing service. INSTALLATION The 445C Series smoke detectors mount to standard single - gang electrical boxes, 4" octagonal electrical boxes, or on WIREMOLD No. 5739 fixture boxes. All field wiring connections are made to a terminal block on the printed circuit board. This area is accessed by depressing the cover release tab and opening the hinged cover. System wiring easily fits through the opening in the back of the smoke detector. A field "knock out" area is provided for use when power limited surface wiring is used. APPROVALS The smoke detector is for use in commercial fire protective signaling systems (NFPA 71, 72A, 72B, 72C, or 72D) and in household fire warning systems (NFPA 74). Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.; California State Fire Marshal approved (Listing #7257-447:104); Factory Mutual approved (J.I.0K789.AY); State of Maryland approved (Permit #1885); City of Cleveland approved (Docket S-5-88); New York City, Board of Standards and Appeals approved (Calendar No. 122 -73 -SA). MODEL DESCRIPTION 445C smoke detector 445CT smoke detector with 135°F, 50 ft. heat sensor 445CR smoke detector with extra Form C alarm contact set 445CRT smoke detector with extra Form C alarm contact set and 135°F, 50 ft. heat sensor 204A power supervision unit for 12 VDC systems 204C power supervision unit for 24 VDC systems California State Fire Marshal Approved Patented FEATURES • UL 268 Listed • Alarm confirmation • Power/alarm indicator LED • Low current consumption • Functional test • Tamper resistant hinged cover • Integral heat sensor (optional) • Auxiliary alarm contacts (optional) • RFI and line transient protection ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SMOKE DETECTORS—All Models Standby Voltage' Standby Current Alarm Voltage' Alarm Current Contact Rating (resistive) Models 445C, 445CT — Models 445CR, 445CRT — POWER SUPERVISION UNITS Operating Voltage' Operating Current Contact Rating (resistive) 8.5-33 VDC or VFWR 40 pA @ 12 V; 100 pA @ 24 V 8.5-33 VDC or VFWR 15mA@12V;30mA@24V 1 Ampere @ 30 VDC or 120 VAC 2 Amperes @ 30 VDC or 120 VAC MODEL 204A MODEL 204C 5.1-19.8 VDC 14.5-33 VDC 40mA@12V 10mA IV) 24V 1 Ampere @ 30 VDC or 120 VAC • VDC —Filtered DC, 10% Ripple Maximum VFWR—Unfiltered Full Wave Rectified PHOTOELECTRONIC SMOKE DETECTORS a WIRING CONNECTIONS first detector LISTED CONTROL UNIT DC + o_ power circuit — •-� models 445C and 445CT alarm contacts power — + 4 3 2 1 alarm initiating circuit •... —3 models 445CR and 445CRT alarm contacts power 7 6 5 41 3 2 f S screw terminal enlargement for detail last detector red • black • brown POWER SUPERVISION UNIT brown ao. • END OF LINE DEVICE Emergency operation [ Style D (Class A) ]: Return initiating circuit wiring to appropriate control unit terminals and connect the end of line devices per the control unit instructions. CAUTION: DO NOT use looped wire under screw terminals. These terminals are designed to prevent looping of unbroken wire around or under a terminal screw in a manner that would permit the looped wire to remain unbroken during installation. This would preclude supervision if the wire were to dislodge from the terminal. PRODUCT DATA SENSITIVITY 3.1 ± 0.50%/Ft. OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE 32°F to 120°F 0°C to 50°C OPERATING HUMIDITY RANGE 0 to 95% RH DETECTOR SIZE diameter 6.1 in. height 2.0 in. weight 8.8 oz. 15.5 cm 5.0 cm 0.25 kg PACKAGING 20 detectors are packed in a carton SMOKE DETECTOR SPACING On smooth ceilings (as defined in NFPA 72E), spacing of 30 feet (9.1 meters) may be used as a guide. Other spacing may be used depending on ceiling height, high air movement, and other conditions or response requirements. SENTROL INC. 10831 SW Cascade Blvd. 65L Portland, OR 97223 Sales: 800-547-2556 NOW and into the Future Fax: 503-684-9230 Technical Support: 800-648-7424 Bulletin 2283-SS5 April 1992 Appearances and details subject to change without notice. SPECIFICATIONS The smoke detectors shall be model 445C ( ) and shall operate on the photoelectronic light -scattering principle. The detectors shall be Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. The smoke detector shall contain an infrared LED light source and a light sensing photodiode. These components shall be positioned such that when smoke particles enter the sensing area, Tight from the LED reflects onto the photo - diode. When the amount of light reflected onto the photo - diode reaches the sensitivity setting, the smoke sampling rate shall increase to twice (2x) normal. The alarm signal shall be confirmed by requiring three (3) successive smoke sensings above the sensitivity setting. Detector alarm shall occur only after confirmation and will cause the normally flashing power indicator LED to light continuously and the alarm relay to operate. The detectors shall be capable of latching or non -latching alarm functions. The detectors shall be non -polar and shall provide an easily operated full -functional field test. The detectors shall be equipped with an integral 135°F (57°C) (50 foot Rated) heat sensor (optional on models 445CT and 445CRT). The detectors shall be a single part with a hinged cover and include a concealed tamper-resistant latch. The detector shall include insect screens. All wiring terminations shall be to clamp -type screw terminals protected by a terminal block cover. The smoke detector shall mount to a standard single -gang electrical box, a 4" octagonal electrical box, or WIREMOLD No. 5739 fixture box. Distributed by: .c NOTIFIER® Division of Pittway Corporation GENERAL The DH150 Series Electromagnetic Door Holders can be operated in conjunction with automatic fire alarm or sprinkler system, or by manual control, wherever the instant dos- ing of doors is necessitated for safety or for convenience. Ruggedly constructed, attractively designed two part, brushed zinc, housing. Floor units available in single -door or double -door (back-to-back) versions, wall units available in flush or surface mounted versions. FEATURES • 120 VAC and 24 V AC/DC models • UL Listed and ULC Listed. • Floor and wall mounted styles. • Completely silent operation. • Minimum holding force is 25 pounds. • Low power drain. • All mounting hardware included. APPLICATIONS Used in hospitals, schools, offices, nursing homes, and public buildings. Used in hospi- tals for stairwell doors and room doors. Used in schools for exit doors (closes all doors at once by push-button control). Used in offices to provide instant privacy by push- ing a button. CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION The electromagnet unit is rigidly attached to the floor or wall and provides at least 25 pounds of holding force. The contact plate rides on the door. The swiveled contact plate adjusts to any door angle and uses Nylon® swivel ball to ab- sorb shock. INSTALLATION ro Installation instructions are packed with each unit. December 4, 1991 Page I of 2 Catalog Section: Miscellaneous K-250 DH150 Series Electromagnetic Door Holders R14531 The DH1S4 Flush Wall Mounted ML245 The DH150 Floor Mounted (Single Door) The DH1S8 Surface Wall Mounted We try to keep our product information up to date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact: 0 N OTI F I E R® 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, CT 06472 Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 301 R' PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Style Volts Amps VA DH150A Floor Mounted (Door) ngle 24 AC 24 DC .110 .096 2.3 2.6 1-5/8• � 4— 4-1/2" 0 (114 mm) 413/18' (122 mm)) (4, mm (e3383)4•O mm L, ' - T IIJm) 120 AC .02 2.4 DH 15ON DH 154A Flush Wall Mounted4.5/8. (Long Catch Plate) 24 AC 24 DC .110 .096 2.3 2.6 13/18• (21 mm) ,, —., rii_ 2-34 r ('° 'm' (67 2-' mm)� 0 I O 0 (117 mm) I O O - --•-- - • r---- .; - _ 13/4' (44 mm) 120 AC .02 2.4 DH154N 0 I DH158A Surface Wall Mounted 24 AC 24 DC .110 .096 2.3 2.6 14- ( m bittml 1-5/8" I I (t7 mm) I 0 0 O (41 mm mo. I (44 mm) 120 AC .02 2.4 DH158N INSTALLATION OF DIODE When door holder is used with a microprocessor based control panel, install a 1N4004 diode across the coil of each door holder as illustrated below. This will reduce transients that may adversely affect control panel operation. To control panel 24 VDC power. GUARDIAN SECURITY SYSTEMS 1743 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH • SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98134 • (206) 622-6545 "Dedicated to saving lives and protecting property" EVERGREEN FOOD SERVICE 13800 PACIFIC HIGHWAY SOUTH SEATTLE, WA. 98168 COMMERCIAL FIRE ALARM BUILDING A: 1 EACH FIRELITE #MS5024 FIRE PANEL 28 EACH #2451 SMOKE DETECTORS 10 EACH HEAT DETECTORS 9 EACH ADA HORN/STROBES 3 EACH ADA MINI HORN/STROBES 3 EACH MANUAL PULL STATIONS 2 EACH BACK—UP BATTERIES (7.0 AMP, 12 VDC) 1 EACH WP/BELL/STROBE 1 EACH 5 ZONE ANNUNCIATOR BUILDING B: 1 EACH 6 EACH 3 EACH 2 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH FIRELITE #MP1224 FIRE PANEL #2451 SMOKE DETECTORS ADA HORN/STROBES BACK—UP BATTERIES(7.0 AMP, 12VDC) ADA MINI HORN/STROBE OUTDOOR BELL/STROBE MANUAL PULL STATION Fire and Burglar Protection • TV Surveillance Systems Battery Calculations Job Name: Evergreen Food Service - Address 13800 Pacific Highway So Seattle, WA. 98168 AHJ: Sytem: Tukwila Fire Department Fire Alarm Building A Submitted by: Guardian Security Systems, Inc. 1743 First Ave. S. Seattle, WA. 98134 Item Qty Description Standby Total Alarm Total 1 1 Fire Alarm Panel (MS 5024UD) 0.100000 0.100000 0.170000 0.170000 2 28 2451 (Smoke Detector) 0.001200 0.033600 0.001000 0.028000 3 3 ADA Mini Hom/Strobe 0.000000 0.000000 0.1115000 0.345000 4 9 ADA Hom/Strobe 0.000000 0.000000 0.125000 1.125000 5 1 WP/ Bell/Strobe 0.000000 0.000000 0.115000 0.115000 6 1 Annunciator 0.000000 0.000000 0.046000 0.046000 7 0.000000 0.000000 8 0.000000 0.000000 9 0.000000 0.000000 10 0.000000 0.000000 11 0.000000 0.000000 12 0.000000 0.000000 13 0.000000 0.000000 14 0.000000 0.000000 15 0.000000 0.000000 16 0.000000 0.000000 17 0.000000 0.000000 18 0.000000 0.000000 0.133600 1.829000 Standby Current Total = 0.133600 X 24 = 3.206400 Alarm Current Total = 1.829000 X .083 = 0.151807 Total = 3.358207 25% Battery Depletion = 0.839552 Total AH Rated Batteries Needed = 4.197759 Battery Calculations (‘ Job Name: Address AHJ: Sytem: Evergreen Food Service 13800 Pacific Highway So Seattle, WA. 98168 Tukwila Fire Department Fire Alarm Building B Submitted by: Guardian Security Systems, Inc. 1743 First Ave. S. Seattle, WA. 98134 Item Qty Description Standby Total Alarm Total 1 1 Fire Alarm Panel (MP 12124) 0.040000 0.040000 0.080000 0.080000 2 6 2451 (Smoke Detector) 0.001200 0.007200 0.001000 0.006000 3 1 ADA Mini Horn/Strobe 0.000000 0.000000 0.125000 0.125000 4 3 ADA Hom/Strobe 0.000000 0.000000 0.115000 0.345000 5 0.000000 0.000000 6 0.000000 0.000000 7 0.000000 0.000000 8 0.000000 0.000000 9 0.000000 0.000000 10 0.000000 0.000000 11 0.000000 0.000000 12 0.000000 0.000000 13 0.000000 0.000000 14 0.000000 0.000000 15 0.000000 0.000000 16 0.000000 0.000000 17 0.000000 0.000000 18 0.000000 0.000000 0.047200 0.556000 Standby Current Total = 0.047200 X 24 = 1.132800 Alarm Current Total = 0.556000 X .083 = 0.046148 Total = 1.178948 25% Battery Depletion = 0.294737 Total AH Rated Batteries Needed = 1.473685 MS -5024UD Fire Alarm Control Communicator GENERAL The Fire•Lite MS-5024UD is a five zone stand-alone or slave fire alarm control communicator with remote site upload/ download capability. The MS-5024UD includes an integral communicator that transmits event information (alarms, trou- bles, supervisories, etc.) to a UL Listed central station. FEATURES • 5 Programmable Initiating Circuits (Zones). Each circuit: ✓ Supports 2 -wire smoke detectors. ✓ Supports Normally Open contact devices (pull, heat). ✓ Supports 4 -wire smoke detectors. ✓ May be configured as a Waterflow Zone. ✓ May be configured as a Supervisory Zone. ✓ May be configured as an Auto -reset Supervisory Zone. • Interfaces to the public telephone network (leased phone lines are not required). • Surface Mount Technology (SMT). • 24 Volt operation. • Built-in Voltmeter measures: ✓ Zone Voltage. ✓ Primary AC line voltage. ✓ Battery Voltage. ✓ Notification Appliance Circuit(s) voltage. ✓ Resettable 24 volt power. • Built-in Form -C Alarm + Trouble relays. • 2 built-in Class A or B (Style Z or Y) Notification Appli- ance Circuits. • 3 amps of Notification Appliance power (for bell, signals) expandable to 5 amps (meets the critical power require- ments for ADA and UL 1971 devices). • Notification Appliance Circuits may be programmed: ✓ Silenceable. ✓ Non-Silenceable (a strobe circuit can keep flashing after the panel is silenced). ✓ Auto -Silence (Program 5 to 30 minutes). ✓ Silence Inhibit (60 seconds). ✓ Coding (March Time, Temporal, California). • Programmable Alarm Presignal Timer. • Fire Drill function. • Programmable optional Trouble Reminder. • Fuseless, power limited technology. • Programmable Alarm Verification Timer. • Reporting Formats include: ✓ 3+1, 4+1, 4+2 Standard + Expanded. ✓ 4+1, 4+2, Ademco Express. • 32 Event history buffer with time and date stamp. • Programmable via built-in keypad. 12 Clintonville Road Fire•Lrre®ALarrns NorthfoPhone:rd, CT 06472 ricoreorareD Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 CS68 S624 MEA 131-94-E Califomia State Fire Marshal 7165-0075:169 F,P,E COVRCLCC.."..%,N'CACR The MS-5024UD • Dual line Touch -Tone® or Rotary dial. • Extensive built-in transient protection. • Single person walk test. • Optional Remote Annunciator. • Supervisory + Communication Fail outputs. • Meets the requirements for NFPA 71 and 72, (Local, Central Station, and Remote Station Protective Signaling Systems). • Optional contact -by -zone module. • Optional ground start module. • Accurate real time clock/calendar. • Optional printer interface for on or off-line printing of: ✓ Text alarm & trouble status with time & date. ✓ History File. ✓ Program Entries. ✓ Walk Test Data. • Communicator Active and Kissoff LEDs. ISO -9001 Engineering and Manufacturing Quality System Certified to International Standard ISO -9001 Meda In the U.S.A. DF -51348 Page 1 of 3 August 29, 1994 REMOTE SITE UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD The MS-5024UD may be downloaded or uploaded, without affecting the system fire protection. • Download system programming. • Upload key system information: ✓ Current system status, history + walk test files. ✓ Zone, AC line, NAC1 + NAC2, Resectable Power, Battery Voltages. ✓ System Programming • Upload or Download within one minute without affecting normal fire panel functions. • Multiple security techniques. • Requires PK-5024UD•programming kit and Hayes com- patible 2400 baud modem. APPLICATIONS The MS-5024UD is designed for use as a stand-alone Fire Alarm Control Communicator for buildings requiring up to five Initiating Circuits. Selectable transmission formats allow the MS-5024UD to communicate to most central stations. SPECIFICATIONS Single PC board design using Surface Mount Technology (SMT). Two modular telephone jacks for connection to RJ31X/Mod- ules. AC power • 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 2.3 amps. • Wire size: 14 AWG with 600 volt insulation. • Built-in brown out circuitry. • Built-in voltmeter. Communicator • Two line active indicators. • "Kiss -Off" signal LED. • Dual low telephone voltage detect circuitry. • Programmable event codes per each format. • Up to 62 transmitted events/messages. • Selectable/deselectable transmissions of 62 events. Communication formats Express formats allow complete transaction to be commu- nicated in under 5 seconds • 20 PPS, 3+1 standard and expanded. • 20 PPS, 4+1 standard and expanded. • 20 PPS, 4+2 standard and expanded. • 4+1 and 4+2 Ademco Express. Initiating Circuits The MS-5024UD includes five programmable Initiating De- vice Circuits (zones). Circuits 1, 2, 4, and 5 are Style B (Class B). Circuit 3 is Style D (Class A). Use the class A converter module to convert class B circuits to class A. Each zone may support 2 -wire smoke detectors. Program- ming options include: • Waterflow-Silenceable/Non-Silenceable. • Supervisory-Standard/Auto-Reset. • Pull Station. • Normally Open Contact device. Each circuit is power limited and fully supervised. They allow up to 100 ohms of line resistance and allow for 12 to 18 AWG wire. Notification Appliance Circuits • Two Style Z/Y (Class A or B) @ 2.5 amps each. • Relay drivers for Supervisory and Communication Fail. • Power limited circuitry using fuseless technology. • Form -C Alarm and Trouble Relays. Cabinet Specifications The cabinet is red with a dark blue overlay. Knock -outs provided on the top, sides, and back provide ease of wire entry. The cabinet can be surface or semi -flush mounted and is compact in design. Dimensions: Door: 15-7/32" high x 14-7/32" wide. (38.65 cm. high x 36.114 cm. wide). Backbox: 15" high x 14-1/2" wide x 3" deep. (38.1 cm. high x 36.83 cm. wide x 7 cm. deep). PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION Model Description MS-5024UD Five zone, 24 volt, Fire Alarm Control Communicator (includes backbox, transformer, technical manual, and a frame & post operating instruction sheet). MS-502AUDC Same as above including Dress Panel. XRM-24 120 VAC, 100 VA Transformer. Expands Notification Appliance power from 3 to 5 amps. RM -5F Five -zone Relay Module. Provides a contact -by - zone. PK-5024UD Upload/Download Utility includes: programming software (5.25" and 3.5", IBM compatible high density disks and Instruction Manual). Five -zone Remote Annunciator (requires ADM -24). Annunciator Driver Module. Internal Dress Panel (required for Canadian applications). Printer Interface Module. Provides an EIA -232 printer output. Includes cable, DB9F and DB25 adapter. Interfaces to ground start telephone networks. Class A Converter module. Converts class B zones to class A. (Check factory for availability). DACT phone cords, 7 foot, (two required). Battery backbox. Required for batteries over 7 A.H. Battery, 12 volt, 4.2 AH (two required). Battery, 12 volt, 7.0 All (two required). Battery, 12 volt, 12.0 A.H. (two required, requires BB -17F backbox). Battery, 12 volt, 17.0 A.H. (two required, requires BB -17F backbox). RZA-SF ADM -24 DP-5024UD PRT -24 GST -24 CAC -5F MCBL-7 BB -17F PS -1242 PS -1270 PS -12120 PS -12170 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Flre•u7S• . DF -51348 MP -12 & MP -24 Fire Alarm Control Panel GENERAL The Fire•Lite MP -12/24 Fire Alarm Control Panel is de- signed in accordance with the following: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards for Protective Signaling Systems: 72 (Local) and 72 (Remote Station). The compact MP -12/24 control panel was tested as a fire protective signaling system control unit under Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard for Safety number UL 864. FEATURES • Discrete component solid-state design. • Two -zone non -expandable construction. • Supervised Style B (Class B) initiating circuit. • Built-in surge suppression. • Built-in brown -out circuitry. • Supervised Style Y (Class B) indicating appliance circuit rated @ 0.75 amps. • Low current drain of panel minimizes battery amphere-hour requirements. • Battery supervision. • Float charger network. • Two -wire smoke detector compatible. • Regulated DC power rated for 100 milliamps. • Ground fault circuit. • Power limited for use with limited energy cable. • In -panel piezo sounder signaling provides: a. Short pulse = Trouble. b. Long pulse = Resound. c. Steady signal = Alarm. • Trouble circuit monitors the following fault conditions: a. Open detector loop(s). b. Low battery voltage. c. Missing or disconnected battery. d. Ground fault. e. Low AC voltage (brown out). f. Loss of AC power. g. "Off Normal" switch position. h. Open or shorted signaling (bell) circuit. • Control Switches: a. "Reset" for control and detectors. b. "Trouble Silence" with resound. c. "Disable" to silence alarm. • LED Indicating Lamps: a. "A. C." power b. "ALARM" per zone. c. "TROUBLE". FIreirre®ALarms ncorPorareD 12 Clintonville Road Northford, CT 06472 Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 S-624 MEA 578 -81 -SA California State Fire Marshal 7165-075:120 • 9-1/2" Wide x 10-5/8" High x 4-7/8" Deep. • Optional modules: a. Supplementary alarm contacts, two Form -C. b. Supplementary alarm and trouble contacts, Form -C alarm, Fonn-C trouble (one each). c. Remote station output, alarm only. d. Remote station output, alarm and trouble. APPLICATIONS The MP -12/24 Fire Alarm Control Panel is intended for use in commercial, industrial, and institutional buildings. OPERATION Activation of a compatible two -wire detector or any normally open fire alarm initiating device will sound audible signaling devices, illuminate an indicating LED at the control panel, and operate an optional module. The optional modules can be used to notify a remote station, or initiate a supplementary control function. ISO -9001 Engineering and Manufacturing Quality System Certified to International Standard ISO -9001 Maids In tn. U.S.A. DF -50141 Page 1 of 2 May 14, 1993 Major Component & Terminal Locations P1 O O O O 8 0 Optional Auxilliary or Transmitter Module (Choose only one.) a 9 10 11 12 13 Reset TBL SIL Disable SW2 swa� 00®®®®® - 11 • � AC Ac Ibl B� lar 11 7M 1 2 2 4 S 1 7 ir ELR ELF' E1A Sw1Ili 0 0 0 0 -++- hom Battery Fuse ❑ ❑ Red LEDs Yellow LED Green Battery LED Connector Optional Modules. Choose only one per control panel. MP -AC 12/24 3Ka 3PLC. 3c. 3- 3 ILO. 3Kc MP -AT 12/24 Alarm Contact OTrouble aContact 13 12 n $0 �N.o. N.C. yT c. g c. N.C. .o • Non -Trouble state. Auxiliary Module Two sets of Form -C alarm contacts. Rated at 3 amperes. Auxiliary Module Alarm and Trouble Form -C contacts. Rated at 3 amperes. MP -TR 12/24 r1 Remote Station Disconnect Switch MP -TRT 12/24 0 0 I Im❑ Remote Station Disconnect Switch 12 7 • Transmitter Module Transmits Alarm to remote station. Transmitter Module Transmits both Alarm and Trouble to remote station. FOR YOUR PROTECTION: Always use two -wire detectors which have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use with this control panel. For a list of compatible UL listed smoke detectors, please refer to the Installation Manual for this control panel. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Fire -UTE'. IDF -50141 0 . m NOTIFIER® Division of Pittway Corporation GENERAL Wheelock's MIZ Series piezoelectric Mini Horns and Mini Strobe Horns arc compact electronic alarm signals that arc Listed under UL 464 for Audible Appliances and UL 1971 for Emergency Dc - vices for the Hearing Impaired for use in public mode Fire Protec- tion Systcms. They arc ideal for alum signal'ng in individual rooms, apartments, hotels, motels. offices -where attractive appear- ance, dependable performance and economical installation arc prime concerns. MIZ Series Mini Horns produce high sound output (90dBA at 10 feet) with minimum current draw, just 12 milliamps at 24 volts, and they are available with integral strobes to meet the latest code requirements for visible signaling. All Mini Horn models are designed for easy installation with convenient mounting to standard single -gang boxes and in -out screw terminals for fast wiring. They arc ruggedly constructed of high impact thermoplas- tic and are available in fire alum red or off-white color to blend with room decor. The MIZ Series Strobes Horns are designed for ADA applications with maximum performance, reliability and cost-effectiveness while meeting or exceeding the latest requirements of NFPA 72 (The National Fire Alarm Code), ANSI 117.1 (the American National Standard of Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities) and UL Standard 1971 (Standard for Signaling Devices for the Hearing paired). Mini Strobes Horns, when properly specified and in- Called in accordance with NFPA/ANSI Standards, can provide the Equivalerit Facilitation allowed under ADA Accessibility Guide- lines (ADAAG General Section 2.2) by meeting or exceeding the illumination which results from the ADA specified strobe intensity of 75 candela at 50 feet. This is an illumination of 0.030 Lumens per square foot (footcandles). One MIZ with HSW Series Strobe Listed at 110 candela intensity can be used for sleeping room applications (within 16' of the strobe) when properly wall mounted per NFPA/ ANSI Standards. The MIZ Series Strobe Signals are UL Listed for indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, and use a Xcnon flashtube with solid state circuitry enclosed in a rugged Lexani lens to provide maximum reliability for effective visible signaling. Options include LS. MS. IS and HSW Series which are Listed at 15. 30. 75 and 110 candela intensity to cover 20' X 20'. 30' X 30'. 40' X 40' and 50' X 50' rooms, respec- tively. The LSM Series strobe is Listed at 15 candela and exceeds near -axis 75 candela intensity for ADA applications. with low current draw. The Miz Series signals are available with either 12VDC or 24VDC and may be used with filtered or unfiltered (full -wave -rectified) input voltages. MIZ Series Signals have IN/OUT wiring termina- tions that accept two 1112-1118 AWG wircs at each terminal_ Inputs arc polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity type supervision. June 23. 1994 Page 1 of 4 Catalog Section_ Audio / Visual Appliances 3-133 MIZ Series Piezoelectric Mini -Horns :.: •.u:+K'!\fij^!}�,.1 :z .}'v�+J�� v�rvpy� }YW4C?'v v. ti.�<�._-•+i',v,,iii'Ye• 0}x��yf�•�. \ .,,:.ti \'}�.•.y.: •:::;��'�L�� 1v:,y:}� �, .... N ! Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1971) Listings, Factory Mutual, Cali- fornia State Fire Marshal, New York City.MEA and Chicago BFP approvals on selected models (see Ordering Information). FEATURES High sound output for enhanced audibility (90dBA at 10 feet). Luted under UL Standard 1971 for Emergency Devices for the Hearing Impaired and UL 464 for Audible Appliances. Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and ADA Acces- sibility Guidelines. Low current draw with low temperature compensation to reduce power consumption and wiring costs. Mini Horn Strobe models available with 15,-15/75. 30. 75 and 110 candela ratings for single input activation. Wheelock's patented LS. LSM. MS, IS and HSW Series strobe designs (with additional patents pending) offer fire alarm system designers, specifiers and installers the industry's widest selection of UL 1971 Listed strobe products_ 12VDC and 24VDC models with wide Listed voltage range. filtered DC and FWR. Polarized inputs for compatibility with standard reverse polarity type supervision of circuit wiring by an alarm panel. Low cost installation via standard electrical boxes. Attractive flush or surface mounting options. No additional trimplatc required for flush mounting. Fast installation with In/Out screw terminals using 1112-4118 AWG. Compliance with RFI limits in FCC Part 15, Class B for compatibility with sensitive detection and communication circuits. We try to keep our product information up to date and accurate. We cant cover all specific applications or anticipate alt requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact NOTIFIER_ Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 0 P4 OTI F 1 E Re 12 Clintonville Road. Northlord, Connecticut 06472 Standard Mini Horn - UL 1971 Strobes MIZ-LS Series LS Series strobes are Listed at 15 candela intensity, with a fight dispersion pattern that exceeds UL 1971 requirements and meets NFPA/ ANSI requirementsfor indirect viewing in rooms and direct viewing in corridors. One LS Series strobe will cover a 20'x20' room when properly watt or ceiling' mounted in accordance with NFPA/ANSI Standards. MIZ-MS Series For larger areas, Wheelock's MS Series strobes are Listed at 30 candela intensity. One MS Series strobe will cover a 30'x3O' room when properly wall or ceiling' mounted per NFPA/ANSI Standards. MIZ-IS Series Wheelock's IS Series strobes are rated at 75 candela intensity for additional coverage capability. One IS Series strobe will cover a 40'x40' room when properly wall or ceiling' mounted per NFPA/ANSI Standards (Available M June). MIZ-HSW Series For very large areas and sleeping areas..WheeloclCs HSW Series strobes are Listed at 110 candela intensity. One HSW Series strobe can be used to cover a 50'x50' room or to awaken sleeping occupants (within 16' of the strobe) when property wall mounted per NFPA/ ANSI Standards. The HSW Series strobes in combination with the MIZ can be used for new or retrofit applications. 'Refer to ADAAG present limitations on ceiling mounting. - -- - MIZ SIGNALS ----- Model Code Voltage (VDI) Order Code Strobe Candela - dBA @10 it Current (Amps) Mounting Options Approvals UL CFM FM MEA BR 12 VDC MIZ-12-R 12 4209 — 88 .008 A.B X X X X X 12 4478 88 .008 A,B X X X X X • - 24 VDC _MIZ-12-W MIZ-24-R 24 4208 — 90 .012 A.8 X X X X X MIZ-24-W 24 4479 — 90 .012 A,B X . X X X X MIZ-24-LS-VFR 24 5191 15 90- .092 C.D X X X - - MIZ-24-LSM-VFR 24 5190 15/75 - 90 .127 • C.0 Mar May May May Aug MIZ-24-MS-VFR 24 5376 30 90 . .147 C,D Mar May Mar - - MIZ-24-IS-VFR 24 5358 75 90 .237 C,D Apr Jul Jun Jut Oct MIZ-24-HSW-HFR 24 5192 110 90 .242 E.F X Apr Mar Apr Jul 12 VDC MIZ-12-LS-VER 12 5381 15 90 .170 C.0 May Jul May - MIZ-12-MS-VFR 12 5382 '30 90 .280 C,D Jun Sept Jun - • - 1. 12 VDC strobe models available in May (LS) and June (MS). 2. Models code suffix V=vertical tens; H=horizontal lens; F=fire lettering; R=red plate. 3. Approval codes: UL=Underwriter Laboratories. CFM=Cafdomia State Fire Marshal; FM =Factory Mutual; MEA=New York City Materials and Equipment Acceptance; BFP= Chicago Bureau of Fire Prevention. © WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AN0 INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS. CAUTIONS MO WARNINGS COIN.O RESULT IN IMPROPER APPUCATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION. WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. Note: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol A. All Warnings are printed in bold capital letters. Specification Information General Notes: • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum across their Listed vottago range • All candela ratings represent minimum effective strobe intensity based on UL 1971. • Mini Horn and Mini Strobe Horn models are Listed for indoor use with a temperature range of 32' F to 120' F (0' C to 49' C) and maximum )4,humidity of 85% RH. Rated Input voltage (either filtered DC or unfiltered full -wave -rectified FWR): 24VDC MIZ Series Signals are UL Listed over a voltage range tel' from 20VDC to 31 VDC. 12VDC MIZ Series Signals are UL Listed over a voltage range of 12VDC to 15.6 VDC. Check the minimum and maximum output of the power supply and standby battery and subtract the voltage drop from the circuit wiring resistance to determine the applied voltage to the strobes. 4WARNING: ALTHOUGH UL TESTING HAS VERIFIED THAT THESE PRODUCTS FUNCTION EVEN AT OF THEIR MINIMUM RATING AND 110Y. OF THEIR MAXIMUM RATING, WHEELOCK STRONGLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE VOLTAGE APPUED TO THESE PRODUCTS BE WITHIN THEIR RATIO INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE. THE APPUCATION OF IMPROPER VOLTAGE MAY RESULT IN DEGRADED OPERATION OR DAMAGE TO HESE PRODUCTS. IN WHICHTHE WARNING: USE R STROBES VOLTAGE IS 14 CIRCCYCLEDUITS AND CONTINUOUSLY SLYOSE'MA)Y P VOLTAGE. 00 NOT USE STROBES ON CODED OR INTERRUPTED CIRCUITS VOLTAGE MINI STROBE HORN CURRENT REQUIREMENT (AMPS) RATED AVERAGE CURRENT RATED PEAK CURRENT RATED INRUSH CURRENT LS MS LSM •1S' HSW LS MS LSM 1S' HSW LS MS LSM 1S' HSW 20VDC .088 .143 .123 .248 .2 .168 .296 .258 .508 .696 .218 .288 .233 .658 .558 24VDC .092 .147 .127 .237 .242 .202 .308 .272 .462 .582 .262 .292 .282 .672 .672 31VDC .102 .157 .137 .217 .254 .232 .318 .288 .392 .542 .342 .322 .382 .902 .872 20VFWR .092 .147 .137 .252 .292 .222 .402 .362 .712 .972 .332 .402 .327 .932 -792 24VFWR .098 .152 .142 .242 .247 .233 .407 .382 .657 .847 .397 .407 .397 .947 .947 31VFWR .118 .162 .152 .222 .217 .267 .417 .392 .547 .777 .477 .447 .527 1.277 1.227 12VDC ' .168 .278 - - - .348 .603 - - - .308 .568 - - - 15.6VDC ' .170 .280 - - - .350 .605 - . - - .400 .740 - - - 12VFWR ' .188 .308 - - - .488 .848 - - - .433 .798 - - - 15.6VFWR ' .190 .310 - - - .490 .850 - - - .560 1.010 - - - ote: All VFWR voltages in table are measured with DC volt meter. Multiply VFWR voltage by 1.11 to convert to VRMS. se the highest value of rated average current to determine the maximum number of mini strobe horns and to establish power supplies and wire gauge require- ments. Use the rated peak current or rated inrush current ( whichever is higher) to verify fuse requirements. Make sure that the average. peak and inrush currents do not exceed system power supplies or fusing limits. See "Installation Instructions". © WARNIN CONTACT WHEELOCK FOR 'INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS" ANO "GENERAL INFORMATION' SHEET ON THESE PROOUCTS. THESE MATERIALS CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE READ PRIOR TO SPECIFYING OR INSTALLING THESE PRODUCTS, INCUJOING: • TOTAL CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL DEVICES CONNECTED TO SYSTEM PRIMARY AND SECONDARY POWER SOURCES. • FUSE RATINGS ON SIGNALING CIRCUITS TO HANDLE MAXIMUM INRUSH OR PEAK CURRENTS FROM ALL DEVICES ON THOSE CIRCWTS. • COMPOSITE FLASH RATE FROM MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSON'S FIELD OF VIEW. • INSTALLATION OF 110 CANDELA STROBE PRODUCTS 1N SLEEPING AREAS. • INSTALLATION IN OFFICE AREAS AND OTHER SPECIFICATION AND INSTALLATION ISSUES. Wiring Diagrams (for all models) O O_ Mounting Notes (Strobe) Horn rROu PRECEDING SCM& OR Firm KMti • comae( (r.c.e.) TO NErf SZu+.4. OR ENO -OF -lrrt RCSSToR © CAUTION: The following figures show the maximum number of field wires (conductors) that can enter the backbox used with each mounting option. If these limits are exceeded. there may be insufficient space in the backbox to accommodate the field wires and stresses from the wires could damage the product. Although the limits shown for each mounting option comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC). Wheelock recommends use of the largest backbox option shown and the z use of approved stranded field wires, whenever possible. to provide additional wiring room for easy installation and minimum stress on the product from wiring. 1. Conduit entrances to the backbox should be selected to provide sufficient wiring clearance for the installed product. 2_ Do not pass additional wires (used for other than the signaling device) through the backbox. Such additional wires could result in insufficient wiring space for the signaling device. 3. For Fire Alarm applications using white MIZ-Homs, a red "Fire" label is provided. Alfa this label to the front of the mounting plate to identify the function of the alarm signal. Mounting Options MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AWG /16 AWG /16 AWG /14 AWG /12 4 4 4 4 D SURFACE MOUNTING 15 cd MIZ—STROBE HORN 30 cd 75 cd 15/75 cd LENS) MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AWC /18 AWG /16 AWG /14 AWC /12 4 4 4 4 DOUBLE—CANG X 1-3/4 DEEP WIREMOLD BACKBOX SINGLE—GANG X 3-1/7 DEEP BACKBOX MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AWC I18 AWC 116 AWG /14 ANC /12 4 4 4 4 ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS SPECIFICATIONS MAXIIWM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AWC 118 AWC /16 AWC f14 AWC /12 F FLUSH MOUNTING MIZ—STROBE HORN (I1Ocd) 2—GANC a 3-1/2. DEEP BACKBOX MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AWG /18 AWC /16 AWC /14 AWG 112 4 4 4 4 The notification appliance shall be a Wheelock MIZ Series audible/visual device or equivalent. Notification appliance shall be electronic and use solid state components. Electromechanical alternatives are not approved. Each sound pressure measurement at 10 feet shall be 90 dBA minimum at 24VDC and 88 dBA minimum at 12VDC. Operating voltages shall be either 12VDC or 24VDC using filtered power or unfiltered power supply (full -wave -rectified). All models shall have provisions for standard reverse polarity type supervision and IN/OUT field wiring using terminals that accept #12 to #18 AWG wiring. Combination audible/visual signals shall incorporate a Xenon flashcube enclosed in a rugged Lexan lens or equivalent with solid state circuitry. Strobe shall meet UL 1971 and produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second minimum over the Listed input voltage (20VDC-31 VDC) range. The strobe intensity shall be rated per UL 1971 for 15, 30, 75 or 110 Candela. The LSM Series 15/75 candela strobe shall be specified when 15 candela UL 1971 Listing with 75 candela intensity near -axis is required. For outdoor applications private mode the strobe shall be UL1638 Listed and be rated for a temperature range of -31° F to 150° F All UL 1971 Listed strobe appliances shall be verified to meet FCC Part 15, Class B and incorporate low temperature compensation to insure the lowest possible current consumption. The appliances may be installed indoors for surface or flush mounting. They shall be mounted to standard electrical hardware requiring no additional trimplate or adapter. The WM Series shall provide a 117cd intensity per UL 1638 and be Listed for outdoor applications. Wheelock products must be used within their published specifications and must be PROPERLY specified, applied, installed. operated, maintained and operationally tested in accordance with their installation instructions at the time of installation and at Inst twice a year or mote often and in accordance with local, state and federal codes, regulations and laws. Specification, application, installation, operation. maintenance and testing must be performed by qualified personnel for proper operation in accordance with all of the latest National Fire Protection Association (NEPA). Underwriters Laboratories (UL),National Electrical Codc (NEC), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), local. state, county, province, district, federal and other applicable building and fire standards, guidelines. regulations, laws and codes including. but not limited to. all appendices and amendments and the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction (AHA). ANYMATERIALEXTRAPOLATED FROM TIIIS DOCUMENT OR FROM WHIEELOCK MANUALS OR OTIIER DOCUMENTS DESCRIBING THE PRODUCT FOR USE IN PROMOTIONAL OR ADVERTISING CLAIMS, OR FOR ANY OTIIER USE, INCLUDING DESCRIPTION OF THE PRODUCT'S APPLICATION, OPERATION, INSTALLATION AND TESTING IS USED AT TI IE SOLE RISK OF THE USER AND WIIEELOCK WILL NOT IIAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR SUCII USE. Due to continuous development of -our products. specifications and offerings arc subject to diangc without notice in accordance with Wheelock. Inc. standard terns. and conditions. V 0 V 0A a COz 0 NOTIFIER® Division of Pittway Corporation Description Wheelock's Series MB motor bells provide a better engineered motor bell for fire and life safety alann systems. A number of improvements have been built into the Wheelock Series MB bells line, including higher dBA, low current draw, built-in trimplate for semi -flush mounting, low frequency aluminum shills, and low RFI noise. The motor for Series MB bells is a durable, high torque, permanent magnet motor selected for its high performance and long life. These DC vibrating Series MB motor bells are offered in 6" and 10" shell sizes in both 12 and 24 VDC models. Series LSP/MSP/ISP/HSPW/LSPM rctroit plates are used for com- bination signaling useing the MB Motor Bell and visual strobe signals. These 15, 15/75, 30, 75 and 110 candela strobe plates are designed for Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) applications wile meeting or exceeding the latest requirements of NFPA 72 (the National Fire Alarm Codc), ANSI 117.1 (the American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities), and UL Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired). These new strobe products, when properly specified and installed in accordance with NFPA/ANSI Standards, can provide the Equiva- lent Facilitation allowed under ADA Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG General Section 2.2) by meeting or exceeding the illumi- ation which results from ADA's strobe intensity guidelines of 75 candela at 50 feet. This is an illumination of 0.030 lumens per square foot (foot candels). Features •UL Listed for Fire Protective Service. •High sound output with low current draw. •Low frequency aluminum shells for better audibility through walls, doors, and other structures- -Both 6" and 10" shell sizes in 12 or 24 VDC models. -Integral RFI suppression to minimize induced noise on the alarm lines. -Mounting options for surface, semi -flush, outdoor, and concealed conduit installation. -Built-in trimplate makes semi -flush mounting simpler and less expensive_ •Screw terminals permit fast in -out field wiring of 12-22 AWG wire. -Polarized for DC supervision of alarm lines. -Operate on filtered or unfiltered DC. •For combined audible (bell) and visual signaling convenient retrofit plate assemblies are available with 15, 15/75, 30, 75 and 110 candela strobes (refer to Specification Sheet, Series LS/LSM/ MS/IS/HSW Strobes, for strobe specifications and technical information). Novcmlxr 22. 1994 Page 1 of 3 Catalog Section: Audio / Visual Appliances 3-240 Wheelock Series MB Motor Bells We try to keep our product information up to date and accurate- We can't cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications arc subject to change without notice_ more 48for informa- tion. contact NOTIFI ER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 8 JN O T I F t E R 12 Clintonville Road. Nonhford. Connecticut 06472 Series HSPW Series MB Series LSP/MSP/ISP Series LSPM ISO -9001 Engineering and Manufacturing Quality System Certified to International Standard ISO -9001 Made in the U.S.A. Ordering Information Model Number Order Code Shen Size WM Voltage Input Carnal dBA @ 10 fl Whirl Moulding Optloa: Approvals OC VIBRATING MOTOR BEDS M8 -G6 -12-R 3942 6' 12 0.060 92 Fig. 1 A (Note 1) 8. C. 0 Ul, CFM. ULC, NYC. FM — MB -G6 -24-R 3941 6" 24 0.030 MB -G10 -12-R 3944 10" 12 0.060 M8 -G10 -24-R 3943 10' 24 0.030 Strobe Retrofit plates to be used with Motor Bells for Combination Signaling. Model :. Number rder OCode ' Strobe Candela Input Voltage Input Current wrong ting Options Approvals LSP-24-HFR 5180 15 24 .080 Fig. 2 E, F UL, CFM, FM, MEA LSPM-24-VFR 5179 15/75 24 .115 E, G UL, CFM, FM'. MEA, BFP 1 MSP-24-HFR 5320 30 24 .135 E. F ISP-24-HFR. 5354 75 24 225 E. F . UL, CFM. FM', MEA HSPW-24-HFR 5181 110 24 .230 E, F UL, CFM. FM, MEA, BFP` LSP-12-HFR 5379 15 12 .160 . E, F UL, CFM', FM' LSPM-12-VFR 5677 15/75 12 220 E. G " MSP-12-HFR 5380 30 12 .230 E, F 'Pending REFER TO SPEC SHEET NO.S0800 FOR RETROFIT PLATE SPECIFIATIONS AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION Notes 1. Built-in trim plate eliminates need for SFP plate. 2.Typical dBA at 10 R 1s measured in an anechoic chamber. 3. For Bells all 12 VDC models are UL rated for 9.0 to 15.6 VDC and all 24 VDC models for 18.0 to 31.0 VDC. Strobe Signals for24 VDC operation are UL Listed over a voltage range from 20 VDC to 31 VDC. Strobe Signals for 12 VDC operation are UL listed over a voltage range of 10.5 VDC to 15.6VDC. Al DC models can be used with filtered and unfittered (full wave rectified) voltage. 4. Approvals UL = Underwriters Laboratories. CFM = California Fire Marshal, ULC=Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (24 VDC strobe rated 3.0 candela for ULC strobe beds). MEA= NewYork City Materials and Equipment Acceptance, BFP= Chicago Bureau of Fire Prevention. Wiring Fig. 2(Retrotlt Strobe Plate Models) PRECEDING SIGNAL OR FA.C.P. PRECEOING SIGNAL OR F.A.C.P. TO NEXT SIGNAL OR E.0.LR.. TO NEXT SIGNAL OR LO.LR. 0 U 0 •.r cra 0 z Mounting Options (Mounting platcs and backboxcs ordcrcd separatcly — specify color) A. SEMI -FLUSH o 0 o D Standard SERIES 4"square MB backbox 11. SURFACE o 0 o O SERIES BB MB C. CONCEALED SERIES MB CONDUIT AP D. OUTDOOR O . ' SERIES WBB MB - E. FLUSH Standard 4 square backbox SIGNAL. �` < .� .II4 r1 �' - o' X 2 -US- deep backbox �� 0i 1 F. SURFACE Backbox(SBL-1) (Use S8LWrISM models with vertical SIGNAL \w' SI3LI kms) ,. ..- VII . G i . �� , .. C. SURFACE SBL CI • .a. 0 z in to r ®TI FI E F® Division of Pittway Corporation Description Wheelock's new Zinc of strobes and combination audible and speaker strobe signaling products is de- signed for ADA applications while meeting the latest requirements of NFPA 72 (the National Fire Alarm Code), ANSI 117.1 (the American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities), and UL Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired). These new strobe products, when properly specified and installed in accordance with NFPA/ANSI Standards, can provide the Equivalent Facilitation allowed under ADA Accessibility Guide- lines (ADAAG General Section 21) by meeting or exceeding the illumination which results from ADA's strobe intensity guideline of 75 candelaat50 feet. This is an illumination of 0.030 lumens per square foot (footcandles). July 11. 1994 Page 1 of 5 Catalog Section: Indicating Appliance 1-90 LS, LSM, IS & HSW Series Strobes �M![�;>.-�u-.'-`..}4.:v;:-`.-vv'i�h%��C-`•'.YrSic+i4-+,��hp� • F .......... ....... .. ....z _... -Ahr..:—�v.Kv1 .'x�C4l ".awl+. Features • Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1971 & 1638) Listings, Factory Mutual, New York (MEA) and Chicago (BFP) approvals on _Jselected models. • Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and ADA Accessibility Guidelines • All models meet ADA guideline for minimum one flash per second from 20-31 volts or12-15.6 volts. • Low current draw with low temperature compensation to reduce power consumption and wiring costs • Available in 15cd, 30 cd, 75cd, and 110cd UL 1971 listed and 15/ 75cd UL 1971 listed at 15cd and exceeding a near -axis 75cd intensity for ADA guidelines with low current draw. • Convenient mounting to standard backboxes. • Polarized 12 & 24 VDC models with wide listed voltage range, using filtered (DC) or unfiltered (FWR) input voltage_ • Fast installation with in/out screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wiring • Compliance with RFI limits in Part 15, Class B for compatibility with sensitive detection and communication circuits. Wheelock's patented LS, LSM, MS, IS and HSW Series strobe designs (with additional patents pending) offer fire alarm system designers, specifiers and installers the industry's widest selection of UL 1971 Listed strobe products. Wheelock's new strobe family is designed for ADA applications with maximum performance, reliability and cost-effectiveness while meeting or exceeding the latest UIJNFPA/ANS I . requirements. LS Series LS Series strobes are Listed at 15 candela intensity, with a light dispersion pattern that exceeds UL 1971 require- ments and meets NFPA/ANSI requirements for indirect viewing in rooms and direct viewing in corridors. One LS Series strobe will cover a 20'x20' room when properly wall or ceiling* mounted in accordance with NFPA/ANSI Standards. LS Series strobes are available in a wide range of stand alone models and audible/speaker combination models, including Whe,elock's unique MT Multitone Signals and popular MIZ Mini -Horns, CH Chimes, ET Speakers and E Speakers. For retrofit applications, the model LSP Strobe/Plate Assemby makes it easy to up- grade existing signaling devices to meet the latest visible signaling requirements. MS Series For larger areas, Wheelock's MS Series strobes are Listed at 30 candela intensity. One MS Series strobe will cover a 30'x30' room when properly wall or ceiling* mounted per NFPA/ANSI Standards. "I'he MS Series strobes arc available in the salve stand alone and audible/speaker combination models as the LS and LSM Series. We try to keep our product information up to date and accurate. We cant cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications arc subject to change without notice -For note informa- tion. contact NOTIFIER. Throne: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 4 NOTIFIEF 12 Clintonville Road, Nouttford. Connecticut 06472 1 ISO -9001 Engineering and Manufacturing Quality System Certified to international Standard ISO -9001 ..•.•.•y. tittttttttt.t��. •.ti•.ti,.;wrnttttrr M�M11� Made kt USA IS Series Wheelock's IS Series strobes arc Listed at 75 candela intensity for additional coverage capability. Onc IS Scrics strobe will cover a 40'x40' room when properly wall or ceiling* mounted per NFPA/ANSI Standards. IS Series strobes are available in the same stand alone and audible/speaker combination models as the LS, LSM and MS Series. (Available in June) HSW Series For very large areas and sleeping areas, Wheelock's HS W Series strobes arc Listed at 110 candela intensity. Onc HS W Series strobe can be used to cover a 50'x50' mom or to awaken sleeping occupants (within 16' of the. strobe). when propeily wall mounted per NFPA/ANSI Standards. The HSW Series strobes are available in stand alone models or in combination with the MIZ Mini -Horns. They are also offered with the model HSPW Strobe/Plate Assembyjor combination with a wide range ...of audible _ or speaker, appliances in new or retrofit applications. UL 1971 POLAR 'LIGHT DISTRIBUTION 15, 30, 75, 110 CANDELLA Wiring Diagram t LSM Series LSM Series strobes arc also Listed at 15 candela intensity under UL 1971 and exceed a near -axis 75 candela intensity. LSM Series strobes arc designed only for wall mounting, in a vertical orientation, in accordance with NFPA/ANSI requirements for 15 candela strobes, yet meet a 75 candela ADA guideline with low current draw. They arc available in the same stand alone models and retrofit assembly as the LS, MS and IS Series. (Available in May) LSM POLAR LIGHT DISTRIBUTION 15/75 CANDELA _ - - 120cd REMINDER: See Wheelock's Alarm Signals for Fire and Life Safety Systems catalog (Rev. 1093) for non -UL 1971 product information The UL 1638 strobe products in this catalog will no longer be Listed for public mode fire protection service if manufac- tured after April 1, 1994. Contact your Wheelock representative for availability of UL 1638 strobe products. *Refer to ADAAG present limitations on ceiling mounting. Although Wheelock's UL 1971 Listed strobe products exceed the UL 1971 requirements for intensity at all viewing angles as shown in the tables below, specification and installation of these products must be based on their Listed candela ratings in cdnformancc with NFPA/ANSI strobe coverage tables. Light Distribution Ante 11/16,90 0 6 10 15 20 2S 30 36 40 45 60 65 GO 65 70 75 80 85 90 111 Min. 16.0 115 13.6 116 116 I16 11.3 113 11.3 113 8.3 6.8 6.0 6.3 6.3 4.5 4.6 3.8 3.8 15 ed 16775.1 Tri' i S 21 20 20 20 20 20 19 17 17 15 10 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 6 Tyr ISN ^ VerBcalF TYPE S at ArKde(N&K.) UL Min.** Trn LS 0 ISO 22 5 13.5 21 10 13.5 21 • 15 13.5 20 Z0 13.5 19 25 13.5 19 30 13.5111.3 18 35 9.8111.3 18 40 6.9'1L3 16 45 6.1111.3 14 50 4.0'8.3 12 55 3316.8 12 GO 2.7/6.0 9 65 24/5.3 8 70 2.315.3 8 75 20'4.5 8 80 1.8/4.5 8 85 L83.8 8 90 1.8/3.8 8 Mounting Options OPTION TYPE A FLUSH C FLUSH 0 FLUSH E FLS J SURFACE K SURFACE L SURFACE R SURFACE S SURFACE U WEATHERPROOF 100 75 35 24 22 l9 19 17 17 1G IS 15 IS 1S 15 15 15 15 14 15P5o1 7yn L 4 100 100 100 100 100 93 9G 94 92 90 84 77 70 63 56 50 30 20 8 30 cd 111. Min 30.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 226 225 225 225 165 135 120 10.5 10.5 9.0 9.0 7.6 7.5 01. Min 30.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0'22.5 19.5/725 118125 10.2'225 8.V16.5 6.913.5 6.4/120 4.8/10.5 4.910.5 4.0'9.0 36'9.0 367.5 3811.5 BACKBOX 1 -GANG X 2' 2 -GANG X 3-12' 4 -X4 -X1-1/2' 4" X 4- X 2-118' WIREMOLO 1 -GANG X 1-3(4' WIREMOLO 2 -GANG X 1314' B8 5811 SBL WB8 i1T FLS 42 40 40 40 40 40 :18 34 31 30 20 16 16 16 16 16 14 14 13 TTI, MS 44 42 42 40 38 33 36 36 32 28 24 24 18 16 16 16 16 16 16 11. M.n 76.0 67.5 67.5 G7.5 67.5 67.5 563 563 563 663 413 318 30.0 263 263 225 225 188 188 75 cd 75 cd (L rain.** 760 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 6151563 488/563 34.3/563 25.5/563 20.8141.3 16.31318 13.5/300 120126.3 1131263 10.0'22.S 9.022-5 9.0118.8 9.0'18.8 118 4 8 4 8 4 4 4 8 8 4 'Pm IS 90 92 89 8G 8G 83 77 70 65 G2 42 35 33 31 31 31 30 27 26 71.25 90 88 87 83 79 74 70 68 66 62 52 48 44 37 31 9 29 26 24 210 or! tn. Min 110.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 825 825 825 825 60.6 49.6 44.0 396 336 310 33.0 27.6 27.5 Ut. Min 110.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 715 50.6 37.4 29.7 24.2 19.8 17.6 165 14.3 13.2 13.2 13.2 110od MAXIMUM WIRES IN BACKBOX 116 4 8 4 8 4 4 4 8 8 4 #14 4 8 4 8 4 4 4 8 8 4 1.32 19 127 121 116 109 190 100 95 92 86 79 76 59 45 43 42 41 36 Tien HS 132 136 131 127 126 121 113 102 95 78 62 51 48 45 45 45 44 39 23 #12 4 8 4 8 4 4 4 8 8 4 0 CAUTION: The Mounting Options table shows the maximum number of field wires (conductors) that can ager the backbox used with each mounting option. tf these limits are exceeded. there may be insufficient space in the backbox to accommodate the Add wires and stresses k wiresthe souLargest backdamage theion • product. Although the limits shown br each option comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC). Wheelodr reams d the shown and use of approved stranded Held wires whenever passible. to provide additional wring room for easy Installation and minimum stress on the viaduct from wiring. Ordering Information (Mounting Accessories) MODEL BB -ft S811 -R S8L-R WBB-R CODE 2830 5342 4995 2959 DESCRIPTION 4' X 4' X 1-1/2" SURFACE BACKBOX 6' X 9-112" X 1-3/4" SURFACE BACKBOX 5-1/2" X 10-5/8" X 1-314' SURFACE BACKBOX 4-18" X 4-118" X 2" WEATHERPROOF BACKBOX 1. Conduit entrances to the backbox should be seeded to provide s +cis; nn( � uch;sl product.. could r b insufficient wiring space tor the 2. 0o not pass additional wires (used for other than the signahn0 signaling device_ AN CAUTION: Check that the Insulted product will have sufficient clearance and wiring room prior to insulting backboxcs and conduit. especially it sheathed multiconductot able or 3/4" conduit fittings are used. Ordering Information STROBES Model Code Order Code Strobe Candela Current (Amps) Mounting Options Approvals UL CFM FM MEA BFP LS 24VDC IS-24-VFR 5174 15 .080 0 X X X - - LSI-24-VFR 5175 15 .080 A.J X X X - - LS3-24-VFR 5176 15 .080 L X X X - - ISP-24-I1FR. 5180 15 .080 E,R X X X - - LSM 24VDC LSM-24-VFR 5171 15/75 .115 0 X Apr May Apr - Jul IS1M-24-VFR 5172 15/75 .119 A.J X Apr May Apr Jul LS3M-24-VFR 5173 15!75 .115 L X Apr May Api Jul LSPM-24-VFR 5179 15/75 .115 E.S X Apr May Apr Jul MS 24VDC MS-24-VFR 5316 30 .135 D X Apr X - - MSI-24-VFR 5317 30 .135 kJ X Apr X - - MS3-24-VFR 5319 30 .135 L X Apr X - - MSP-24-HFR , 5320 , 30 .135 EA X Apr X - - IS 24VDC IS-24-VFR 5351 75 .225 0 Mar Jun May Jun Sep ISI-24-VFR 5352 75 .225 A.J Mar Jun May Jun Sep 1S3 -24 -VER 5353 75 .225 l Mar Jun May Jun Sep ISP-24-VFR 5354 75 .225 _ E.R Mar Jun May Jun Sep HSW 24VDC HSW-24-HFR 5177 110 .230 0 X X X X May HS2W-HFR 5178 110 .230 -C,K X X X X May HSPW-24-HFR 5181 110 .230 E,R X X X X May WM 24VOC WM3T-24-FR 4911 117 .088 1.0 X X X X X LS/MS 12 VDC LS1-12-VFR 5377 15 .160 - A,J Apr June Apr — — MS1-12-VFR 5378 30 .270 A.J June Aug June — — LSP-12-VFR 5379 15 .160 E.R Apr June Apr — — MSP-12-VFR 5380 30 .270 E.R June Aug June — — 1. Models code suffix: V - vertical lens: H - horizontal ler F.:. fire lettering: Ft- red plate. 2 Approval codes Ul - Underwntcr Laboratories, CFM - Marshal: FM - Factory Mutual: MEA New York City Materials and Equipment Acceptance: BFP-Chicago Bureau of Fire Prevention. AUDIBLE SIGNALS AND SPEAKERS TO USE WITH LSP,tSPM/MSPASP/HSPW Multitones Electronic Signals Motor Bells (6' or 10-) Voice Evacuation Speakers Electronic Chime MT Series. AES Series MB Series ET -1010, 8067. 807T. ET -1070. ET -1080. E-7070. E-7025 CH -0 © WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND NISTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH MY OF THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS. CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION. WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, SERIOUS IIJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. NOTE: Ali CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol m. Al Warnings are printed in bold capital letters. Specification Information General Notes: • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum from across their Listed voltage range. • All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL 1971. • Strobe models are UL 1971 Listed for indoor use with a temperature range of 32° F to 120' F (0° C to 49° C) and maximum humidity of 85% RH. The WM3T strobe for outdoor use is UL 1638 Listed for -31' F to 1500 F (-35° C to 66° C) and maximum humidity of 95% RH. • Rated Input voltage (either filtered DC or unfiltered full -wave -rectified (FWR)): Strobe Signals for 24VDC operation are UL Listed over a voltage range from 20VDC to 31 VDC. Strobe Signals for 12VDC operation are UL Listed over a voltage range of 12VDC to 15.6 VDC. Check the minimum and maximum output of the power supply and standby battery and subtract the voltage drop from the circuit wiring resistance to determine the applied voltage to the strobes. °' 0) z 0 VOLTAGE 20VDC 24VDC 31VOC 20VFWR 24VFWR 31VFWR 12VDC' 15.6V0C' 12VFWR- 15.6VFWR' RATED AVERAGE CURRENT LS MS ISM IS' .080 .135 .115 .240 .080 .135 .115 .225 .080 .135 .115 .195 .080 .135 .125 .240 .081 .135 .125 .225 .091 .135 .125 .195 .160 .270 - - .160 .270 - - .175 .295 - -' .175 .295 - - HSW .280 .230 .190 .280 .230 .190 STROBE CURRENT REQUIREMENT AMPS RAM PEAK CURRENT ®®®® LS .160 .190 .210 .210 .216 .240 .340 .340 .475 .475 296 .296 .390 .390 .390 250 .260 .260 .350 1121111111 .835 .500 .450 .370 .700 .640 .520 .680 .570 .520 .960 .830 .750 LS .210 .250 .320 .320 .380 .450 .300 .390 .420 RATED 1lIR®®mai MS .280 .280 .300 .390 .390 .420 .560 .730 .270 .360 .380 .500 .650 .660 .880 .920 .930 1.250 C111101 MEM In table are measured with OC volt meter. Multiple VPHR voltage by 1.11 to comet to VRMS. Usethe VfWR vona0es number of strobes and to establish power supplies and wire g� requirements. Use the Med peak cue highestrated whir of rrend avenge wash t he the �� a� devices operate on the same ciru�it add the M rrentorr thatad inrush current ak nd inrush is higher) supplies or fusing mss. fl strobes and Make sure the avera0e, peak and inrush currents do not exceed system Instructions-. . strobe current tram the table to the proper audible current. See "Installation {IFORMATION" SHEET ON THESE PRODUCTS. THESE MATERIALS CONTAIN © WARNING: CONTACT WHEELOCK THAT FOR "RE REpRIOTIONINSTRUCTIONS- TO SPCnO NG OR 1I THESE PR00uCTS. INCLUDING: TO AL C INFORMATION REQUIRED EHAT SHOULDREREAD PRIOR T TOSPE TEM PRIMARY AND SECONDARY POWER SOURCES. MAXIMUM INRUSH 08 PEAK FROM ALL DEVICES ON THOSE CIRCUITS. • TOTAL CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL DEVICES CONltECTEO • FUSE RATINGS ON A1:8O CMUL ' ETHANDLE • COMPOSITE RASH RATE FROM MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSON'S flQD OF VIEW. • SLEEPING AREAS. • INSTALLATION IN OFmCE�AREAS ANO OTHER SPECIFIDELA STROBE PRODUCTS G1ilON ANO INSTALLATION ISSUES. .995 HSW 550 .660 .850 .780 930 1.200 Preliminary Architects and Engineers Specifications specifications and must be PROPERLY specified, applied, installed, operated, , products must p autio within theirn accordance spec Specification, application, maintained and operationally tested in accordance with their installation Solations and lawinstnictions at the ns Sped e of installation and atleast 1 operatad, mat inswia year or more often and in accordance with local, state by qualified personnel for proper operation in accordance ration, maintenance and testing must be per all of the la opo A Underwriters' Laboratories (UL)' National Electrical Code applicable all of the latest National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), county,province, district, federal and other app g p dices and amendments Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), local, state, building and fire standards, guidelines, regulations, laws and codes -including, but not limited to, all a pen and the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction (AHI). OR OTHER DOCU PROMOTIONAL OR ADVERTISING CLAIMS, OR FOR ANY OTHERTING IS ANY MATERIAL EXTRAPOLATED FROM THISWDCENT OR FROM WHEELOCK MANUALSNAND MENTS DESCRIBING THE PRODUCT FOR USE USE, INCLUDING DESCRLp110N OF THE PRODUCI"�L�K APPLICATION, OPERATION, LIABILITY OR SUCH USE. USED AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE USER AND WIIEELOCK ment of our products, specifications and offerings are subject. to change without notice in accordance with Due to continuous de p Wheelock, Inc_ standard terms and conditions. J NOTIFIER® Division of Pittway Corporation GENERAL Wheelock's MCL Series piezoelectric Mini Horns and Mini Strobe Horns arc compact electronic alarm signals that arc Luted under UL 464 for Audible Appliances and UL 1971 for Emergency Dc - vices for the Hearing Impaired for use in public mode Firc Protec- tion Systems. Thcy arc ideal for alarm signaling in individual rooms, apartments, hotels, motels, offices -where attractive appear- ance, dependable performance and economical installation arc prime concerns. MIZ Series Mini Horns produce high sound output (90dBA at 10 feet) with minimum current draw, just 12 milliamps at 24 volts, and they are available with integral strobes to meet the latest code requirements for visible signaling. All Mini Horn models are designed for easy installation with convenient mounting to standard single -gang boxes and in -out screw terminals for fast wiring. They arc ruggedly constructed of high impact thermoplas- tic and are available in fire alarm red or off-white color to blend with room decor. The MIZ Series Strobes Horns are designed for ADA applications with maximum performance, reliability and cost-effectiveness while meeting or exceeding the latest requirements of NFPA 72 (The National Fire Alarm Code), ANSI 117.1 (the American National Standard of Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities) and UL Standard 1971 (Standard for Signaling Devices for the Hearing paired). Mini Strobes Homs, when properly specified and in- coak tailed in accordance with NFPA/ANSI Standards. can provide the Equivalent Facilitation allowed under ADA Accessibility Guide- lines (ADAAG General Section 2.2) by meeting or exceeding the illumination which results from the ADA specified strobe intensity of 75 candela at 50 feet. This is an illumination of 0.030 Lumens per square foot (footcandles). One MIZ with HSW Series Strobe Listed at 110 candela intensity can be used for sleeping room applications (within 16' of the strobe) when properly wall mounted per NFPA/ ANSI Standards. 0 z r CD The MIZ Series Strobe Signals arc UL Listed for indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, and use a Xcnon flashtube with solid state circuitry enclosed in a rugged Lexan' lens to provide maximum reliability for effective visible signaling. Options include LS. MS. IS and HSW Series which are Listed at 15, 30. 75 and 110 candela intensity to cover 20' X 20', 30' X 30', 40' X 40' and 50' X 50' rooms. respec- tively. The LSM Series strobe is Listed at 15 candela and exceeds near -axis 75 candela intensity for ADA applications. with low current draw. The Miz Series signals are available with either 12VDC or 24VDC and may be used with filtered or unfiltered (full -wave -rectified) input voltages. MIZ Series Signals have IN/OUT wiring termina- tions that accept two # 12-418 AWG wires at each terminal. Inputs arc polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity type supervision. lune 23. 1994 Page 1 of 4 Catalog Scction: Audio / Visual Applianccs 3-133 MIZ Series Piezoelectric Mini -Horns Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1971) Listings, Factory Mutual, Cali- fornia State Fire Marshal. New York City.MEA and Chicago BFP approvals on selected models (see Ordering Information). FEATURES •- High sound output for enhanced audibility (90dBA at 10 feet). - Listed under UL Standard 1971 for Emergency Devices for the Hearing Impaired and UL 464 for Audible Appliances. - Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and ADA Acces- sibility Guidelines. Low current draw with low temperature compensation to reduce power consumption and wiring costs. • Mini Horn Strobe models available with 15, 15/75. 30. 75 and 110 candela ratings for single input activation. • Wheelock's patented LS. LSM. MS, IS and HSW Series strobe designs (with additional patents pending) offer fire alarm system designers, specifiers and installers the industry's widest selection of UL 1971 Listed strobe products. • 12VDC and 24VDC models with wide Listed voltage range. filtered DC and FWR. • Polarized inputs for compatibility with standard reverse polarity type supervision of circuit wiring by an alarm panel. - Low cost installation via standard electrical boxes. Attractive flush or surface mounting options. • No additional trimplatc required for flush mounting. Fast installation with In/Out scrcw terminals using #12-#18 AWG. • Compliance with RFI limits in FCC Part 15, Class 13 for compatibility with sensitive detection and communication circuits. We try to keep our product information up to date and accurate. We can't cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information. contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 0 14 OTI Ft ER. 12 Clintonville Road. Nor hford. Connecticut 06472 Standard Mini Horn - UL 1971 Strobes MIZ-LS Series LS Series strobes are Listed at 15 candela intensity. with a fight dispersion pa. nem that exceeds UL 1971 requirements and meets NFPA/ ANSI requirementsfor indirect viewing in rooms and direct viewing in corridors. One LS Series strobe will cover a 20'x20' room when properly wall or ceiling' mounted in accordance with NFPA/ANSI Standards. MIZ-MS Series For larger areas, Wheeto ck's MS Series strobes are Listed at 30 candela intensity. One MS Series strobe will cover a 30'x30' room when properly wall or ceiling' mounted per NFPA/ANSI Standards. MIZ-IS Series Wheelock's IS Series strobes are rated at 75 candela intensity for additional coverage capability. One IS Series strobe wilt cover a 40'x40' room when properly wall or ceiling' mounted per NFPA/ANSI Standards (Available in June). MIZ-HSW Series For very Targe areas and sleeping areas,.Wheelodc's HSW Series strobes are Listed at 110 candela intensity. One HSW Series strobe can be used to cover a 50'x50' room or to awaken sleeping occupants (within 16' of the strobe) when property wall mounted per NFPA/ ANSI Standards. The HSW Series strobes in combination with the MIZ can be used for new or retrofit applications. 'Refer to ADAAG present limitations on ceigng mounting. Ordering Information' MIZ SIGNALS Model Code • Voltage (VDC) Order Code Strobe Candela dBA @1011 Current (Amps) Mounting Options Approvals UL CFM FM MEA aFP 12 VDC MIZ-12-R 12 4209 — 88 .008 A.8 X X X X X MIZ-12-W 12 4478 — 88 .008 A,B X X X X X • 24 VDC MIZ-24-R 24 4208 — 90 .012 A.B X X X X X MIZ-24-W 24 4479 — 90 .012 A.8 X - X X X X MIZ-24-LS-VFR 24 5191 15 90 - .092 C.0 X X X - - MIZ-24-ISM-WR 24 5190 15/75 -90 .127 • C,D Mar May May May Aug MIZ-24-MS-VFR 24 5376 30 90 . .147 C.D Mar May Mar - - MIZ-24-IS-VFR 24 5358 75 90 .237 C,0 Apr Jul Jun Jul Oct MIZ-24-11SW-HFR 24 5192 110 90 .242 E.F X Apr Mar Apr Jul 12 VDC MIZ-12-LS-WR 12 5381 15 90 .170 C.D May Jul May - - MIZ-12-MS-VFR 12 5382 ' 30 90 .280 C,D Jun Sept Jun - • - 1. 12 VDC strobe models available in May (LS) and June (MS). 2. Models code suffix V=vertical lens; Hahorizontal lens; F=fire lettering; R = red plate. 3. Approval codes: UL =Underwriter Laboratories; CFM =California State Fire Marshal; FM =Factory Mutual; MEA =New York City Materials and Equipment Acceptance; BFP= Chicago Bureau of fire Prevention. © WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING MIS PRODUCT. FIULURE TO COMPLY W11H ANY OF THE FOtIOWING INSTRUCTIONS. CAUTIONS ANO WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION. WHICH COULD RESULT tN PROPERTY DAMAGE, SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU ANLUOR OTHERS. Note: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol A. All Warnings are printed in bold capital letters. Specification Information General Notes: • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum across their Listed voltage range • AU candela ratings represent minimum effective strobe intensity basod on L11 1971. • Mini Horn and Mini Strobe Horn models are Listed for indoor use with a temperature range of 32' F to 120' F (0' C to 49" C) and maximum humidity of 85% RH. 1 ▪ Rated Input voltage (either filtered DC or unfiltered full -wave -rectified FWR): 24VDC MIZ Series Signals are UL Listed over a voltage range Y from 20VOC to 31VDC. 12VOC MIZ Series Signals are UL tested over a voltage range of 12VOC to 15.6 VDC. Check the minimum and maximum output of the power supply and standby battery and subtract the voltage drop from the circuit wiring resistance to determine the applied voltage to the strobes. WARNING: ALTHOUGH UL TESTING HAS VERIFIED THAT THESE PRODUCTS FUNCTION EVER AT B0% OF THEIR MINIMUM RATING AND 110% OF THEIR MAXIMUM TING, WHEELOCK STRONGLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE VOLTAGE APPUED TO THESE PROOUCIS BE WITHIN THEIR RATED INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE. THE APPUCATION OF IMPROPER VOLTAGE MAY RESULT IN DEGRADED OPERATION OR DAMAGE TO THESE PRODUCTS. © WARNING: USE STROBES ONLY ON CIRCUITS WITH CONTINUOUSLY APPUED OPERATING VOLTAGE. 00 NOT USE STROBES ON COOED OR INTERRUPTED CIRCUITS IN WHICH THE APPUED VOLTAGE IS CYCLED ON ANO OFF, AS THE STROBE MAY NOT FLASH. VOLTAGE MINI STROBE HORN CURRENT REQUIREMENT (AMPS) RATED AVERAGE CURRENT RATED PEAK CURRENT RATED INRUSH CURRENT LS MS LSM IS' HSW LS MS LSM IS' HSW LS MS LSM 1S' HSW_ 20VDC .088 .143 .123 .248 .288 .168 .296 .258 .508 .696 .218 .288 .233 .658 .558 24V0C .092 .147 -127 .237 .242 .202 .308 .272 .462 .582 .262 .292 .282 .672 .672 31VDC .102 .157 -137 .217 .254 232 .318 .288 .392 .542 .342 .322 .382 .902 .872 2OVFWR .092 .147 .137 .252 .292 .222 .402 .362 .712 .972 .332 .402 .327 .932 .792 24VFWR .098 .152 .142 .242 .247 .233 .407 -382 .657 .847 .397 .407 .397 .947 .947 31VFWR .118 .162 .152 .222 .217 .267 -417 -392 .547 .777 .477 .447 .527 1.277 1.227 12VDC ' .168 .278 - - - .348 .603 - - - .308 .568 - - - 15.6VOC ' .170 .280 - - - .350 .605 - . - - .400 .740 - - - 12VFWR ' .188 .308 - - - .488 .848 - - - .433 -798 - - -- 15.6VFWR ' .190 .310 - - - .490 .850 - - - .560 1.010 - - - • Preliminary rote: All VFWR voltages in table are measured with DC volt meter. Multiply VFWR voltage by 1.11 to convert to VRMS. se the highest value of rated average current to determine the maximum number of mini strobe horns and to establish power supplies and wire gauge require - .;411 ments. Use the rated peak current or rated inrush current ( whichever is higher) to verify fuse requirements_ 0 w 0 ▪ Mounting Notes © CAUTION: The following figures show the maximum number of field wires (conductors) that can enter the backbox used with each mounting option. If these limits are exceeded, there may be insufficient space in the backbox to accommodate the field wires and stresses from the wires could damage the product. Although the limits shown for each mounting option comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC). Wheelock recommends use of the largest backbox option shown and the z use of approved stranded field wires, whenever possible. to provide additional wiring room for easy installation and minimum stress on the product from wiring. 1. Conduit entrances to the backbox should be selected to provide sufficient wiring clearance for the installed product. 2. Do not pass additional wires (used for other than the signaling device) through the backbox. Such additional wires could result in insufficient wiring space for the signaling device. 3. For Fire Alarm applications using white MIZ-Homs. a red "Fre" Label is provided. Affix this label to the front of the mounting plate to identify the function of the alarm signal. ▪ Make sure that the average. peak and inrush currents do not exceed system power supplies or fusing limits. See "Installation Instructions". © WARNING: CONTACT WHEELOCK FOR "INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS" AND "GENERAL INFORMATION" SHEET ON THESE PRODUCTS. THESE MATERIALS CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE READ PRIOR TO SPECIFYING OR INSTALUNG THESE PRODUCTS. INCLUDING: • TOTAL CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL DEVICES CONNECTED TO SYSTEM PRIMARY AND SECONDARY POWER SOURCES. • FUSE RATINGS ON SIGNALING CIRCUITS TO HANDLE MAXIMUM INRUSH OR PEAK CURRENTS FROM ALL DEVICES ON THOSE CIRCUITS. • COMPOSITE FLASH RATE FROM MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSON'S FIELD OF VIEW. • INSTALLATION OF 110 CANDELA STROBE PRODUCTS IN SLEEPING AREAS. • INSTALLATION IN OFFICE AREAS AND OTHER SPECIFICATION AND INSTALLATION ISSUES. Wiring Diagrams (for all models) Mounting Options MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (18 AWG /16 AWG /14 AWG /12 r a 4 4 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AWC 115 AWC 116 AWC 114 AWC /12 4 4 4 4 D SURFACE MOUNTING MIZ—STROBE HORN 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 15/75 cd LENS MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AWC /18 AWG /16 AWG /14 AWC /12 4 4 4 4 DOUBLE—LANG X 1-3/4 DEEP WIREMOLO BACKBOX SINGLE—GANG x 3-1/r DEEP BACK8OX MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AWC /18 AMC 116 AMG /14 AWC /12 4 4 - 4 4 2—GANG x 3-1/2" DEEP BACKBOX MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AWG /18 AWC /16 AWC /14 AWC 112 4 4 4 4 ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS SPECIFICAl1ONS The notification appliance shall be a Wheelock MIZ Series audible/visual device or equivalent. Notification appliance shall be electronic and use solid state components. Electromechanical alternatives are not approved. Each sound pressure measurement at 10 feet shall be 90 dBA minimum at 24VDC and 88 dBA minimum at 12VDC. Operating voltages shall be either 12VDC or 24VDC using filtered power or unfiltered power supply (full -wave -rectified). All models shall have provisions for standard reverse polarity type supervision and IN/OUT field wiring using terminals that accept #12 to #18 AWG wiring. Combination audible/visual signals shall incorporate a Xenon flashcube enclosed in a rugged Lexan lens or equivalent with solid state circuitry. Strobe shall meet UL 1971 and produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second minimum over the Listed input voltage (20V DC -31 VDC) range. The strobe intensity shall be rated per UL 1971 for 15, 30, 75 or 110 Candela. The LSM Series 15/75 candela strobe shall be specified when 15 candela UL 1971 Listing with 75 candela intensity near -axis is required. For outdoor applications private mode the strobe shall be UL1638 Listed and be rated for a temperature range of -31° F to 150° F All UL 1971 Listed strobe appliances shall be verified to meet FCC Part 15, Class B and incorporate low temperature compensation to insure the lowest possible current consumption. The appliances may be installed indoors for surface or flush mounting. They shall be mounted to standard electrical hardware requiring no additional trimplate or adapter. The WM Series shall provide a 1I7cd intensity per UL 1638 and be Listed for outdoor applications. a Wheelock products must be used within their published specifications and must be PROPERLY specified, applied. installed, operated, maintained and operationally tested in accordance with their installation instructions at the time of installation and at least twice a year or more often and in accordance with local. state and federal codes, regulations and laws. Specification, application, installation, operation. maintenance and testing must beperformed byqualified personnel for proper operation in accordance with all of the latest National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Underwriters' Laboratories (UL),National Electrical Code (NEC), Occupational Safety ' and Health Administration (OSHA), Local, state, county. province. district, federal and other applicable budding and fire standards, guidelines, regulations, laws and codes including. but not limited to, all appendices and amendments and the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). ANY MATERIAL EXTRAPOLATED FROM THIS IS DOCUM ENT OR FROM WI IEELOCK MANUALS OR OTHER ER DOCUM ENTS DESCRIBING THE PRODUCT FOR USE IN PROMOTIONAL. OR ADVERTISING CLAIMS, OR FOR ANY OTIIER USE, INCLUDING DESCRIPTION OF THE PRODUCT'S APPLICATION, OPERATION. INSTALLATION AND TESTING IS USED ATTIIE SOLE RISK OFTIUE USER AND WIIEELOCK WILL NOT HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR SUCI1 USE. Due to continuous development of our products. specifications and offerings arc subject tochangc without notice in accordance with Wheelock. Inc. standard terms. and conditions. 0 eh) 1�lOTIF1EIR® Division of Pittway Corporation Description Wheelock's Series MB motor bells provide a better engineered motor bell for fire and life safety alarm systems. A number of improvements have been built into the Wheelock Series MB bells line, including higher dBA, low current draw, built-in trimplate for semi -flush mounting, low frequency aluminum shells, and low RFI noise. The motor for Series MB bills is a durable, high torque, permanent magnet motor selected for its high performance and long life. These DC vibrating Series MB motor bells are offered in 6" and 10" shell sizes in both 12 and 24 VDC models. Series LSP/MSP/ISP/HSPW/LSPM retroit plates arc used for com- bination signaling useing the MB Motor Bell and visual strobe signals. These 15, 15/75, 30, 75 and 110 candela strobe plates are designed for Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) applications wile meeting or exceeding the latest requirements of NFPA 72 (the National Fire Alarm Code), ANSI 117.1 (the American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities), and UL Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired). These new strobe products, when properly specified and installed in accordance with NFPA/ANSI Standards, can provide the Equiva- lent Facilitation allowed under ADA Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG General Section 2.2) by meeting or exceeding thc tllumi- ation which results from ADA's strobe intensity guidelines of 75 candela at 50 feet. This is an illumination of 0.030 lumens per square foot (foot candels). Features •UL Listed for Fire Protective Service. •High sound output with low current draw. •Low frequency aluminum shells for better audibility through walls, doors, and other structures. •Both 6" and 10" shell sizes in 12 or 24 VDC models. •Integral RFI suppression to minimize induced noise on thc alarm lines. •Mounting options for surface, semi -flush, outdoor, and concealed conduit installation. •Built-in trimplate makes semi -flush mounting simpler and less expensive. -Screw terminals permit fast in -out field wiring of 12-22 AWG wire. -Polarized for DC supervision of alarm lines. -Operate on filtered or unfiltered DC. •For combined audible (bell) and visual signaling convenient retrofit plate assemblies are available with 15, 15/75, 30, 75 and 110 candela strobes (refer to Specification Sheet, Series LS/LSM/ MS/IS/HSW Strobes, for strobe specifications and technical information). November 22, 1994 Page 1 of 3 Catalog Section: Audio / Visual Appliances 3-240 Wc try to keep our product information up to date and accurate- Wc cant covet all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications arc subject to change without notice For more informa- tion. contact NOTIFI ER_ Phonc: (203) 434-7161 FAX (203)484-7118 W 0 1 1 F/ E R 12 Clintonville Road. Northford, Connecticut 06472 �� Wheelock Series MB Motor Bells Series HSPW Series MB Series LSP/MSP/1SP Series LSPM ISO -9001 Engineering and Manufacturing Quality System Certified to International Standard ISO -9001 Made in the U.S.A. Ordering Information Model Order SkilIli 12 tupet dBA @ fig. 1 Mounting UL. CFM. ULC, NYC. FM — Number Code Sire Y Comsat 10 R. Wiling OptionsApprovals 12 OC VIBRATING MOTOR BELLS M8 -G6 -12-R 3942 6" 12 0.060 92 fig. 1 A (Note 1) 8. C. 0 UL. CFM. ULC, NYC. FM — MB -G6 -24-R 3941 6- 24 0.030 M8 -G10 -12-R 3944 10- 12 0.060 MB -G10 -24-R 3943 10- 24 0.030 Strobe Retrofitplates to be used with Motor Bells for Combination Signaling. Model Number Order Code Strobe Candela Input Voltage InputMounting Current Winng Options App royals LSP-24-HFR 5180 15 24 .080 Fig. 2 E, F UL, CFM, FM, MEA LSPM-24-VFR 5179 15/75 24 .115 E, G UL, CFM, FM', MEA, BFP t MSP-24-HFR 5320 30 24 .135 E. F ISP-24-HFR. 5354 75 24 225 E. F . UL, CFM, FM', MEA HSPW-24-HFR 5181 110 24 230 E. F UL, CFM. FM, MEA, BFP` LSP-12-HFR 5379 15 12 .160 . E, F UL, CFM', FM' LSPM-12-VFR 5677 15175 12 .220 E. G . MSP-12-HFR 5380 30 12 .230 E. F en ng REFER TO SPEC SHEET NO.S0800 FOR RETROFIT PLATE SPECIFIATIONS ANDTEcHNICAL INFORMATION Notes 1. Built-in trim plate eliminates need for SFP plate. 2.Typicat dBA at 10 IL is measured in an anechoic dlamber. 3. For Bells all 12 VDC models are UL rated for 9.0 to 15.6 VDC and alt 24 VOC models for 18.0 to 31.0 VDC. Strobe Signals for24 VDC operation are UL Listed over a voltage range from 20 VOC to 31 VDC. Strobe Signals for 12 VDC operation are UL fisted over a voltage range of 10.5 VDC to 15.6 VDC. Ali DC models can be used with filtered and unfiltered (full wave rectified) voltage. 4. Approvals UL = Underwriters Laboratories. CFM = California Fre Marshal. ULC =Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (24 VDC strobe rated 3.0 candela for ULC strobe bens). MEA= NewYork City Materials and Equipment Acceptance. BFP=Ctilcago Bureau of Fre Prevention. Wiring Fig. 2(Retrofit Strobe Plate Models) PRECEDING SIGNAL OR FA.C.P. PRECEDING SIGNAL OR FAC.P. TO NUT SIGNAL OR E.O.L.R. TO NEXT SIGNAL OR E0.1_R. 0 0 0 Mounting Options (Mounting platcs and backboxcs ordcrcd scparatcly -- spccify color) 0 .S A. SEMI -FLUSH 0 O e / Standard SERIES 4" square MB backbox B. SURFACE ,0�NI to 1 SERIES MB 0 BB C. CONCEALED SERIES MB CONDUIT AP D. OUTDOOR , ' SERIFS WBB MB E. FLUSH Standard 4- square backbox -_ SIGNAL.�� ,:••• =. -I _ deep \ E X LUN- b.ckboc G F. SURFACE SBLI Backbos (SBL -I) ' (Use SBLfor iSPM models and. .crud tent) SIGNAL •,•:ty� `/ .. - Cr t\^� t %.. rett �' C. SURFACE SBL 1:::i • '1 aitraraMrtriraMsrr Description Wheelock's new line of strobes and combination audible and speaker strobe signaling products is de- signed for ADA applications while meeting the latest requirements of NFPA 72 (the National Fine Alarm Code), ANSI 117.1 (the American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities), and UL Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired). These new strobe products, when properly specified and installed in accordance with NFPA/ANSI Standards, can provide the Equivalent Facilitation allowed under ADA Accessibility Guide- lines (ADAAG General Section 22) by meeting or exceeding the illumination which results from ADA's strobe intensity guideline of 75 candela at 50 feet. This is an illumination of 0.030 lumens per square foot (footcandles). July 11. 1994 Page 1 of 5 Catalog Section: Indicating Appliance 1-90 LS, LSM, IS & HSW,Series Strobes Features • Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1971 & 1638) Listings, Factory Mutual, New York (MEA) and Chicago (BFP) approvals on Dselected models. . Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and ADA Accessibility Guidelines • All models meet ADA guideline for minimum one flash per second from 20-31 volts or12-15.6 volts. • Low current draw with low temperature compensation to reduce power consumption and wiring costs • Available in 15cd, 30 cd, 75cd, and 110cd UL 1971 listed and 15/ 75cd UL 1971 listed at 15cd and exceeding a near -axis 75cd intensity for ADA guidelines with low current draw. • Convenient mounting to standard backboxes. • Polarized 12 & 24 VDC models with wide listed voltage range, using filtered (DC) or unfiltered (FWR) input voltage. • Fast installation with in/out screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wiring Compliance with RFI limits in Part 15, Class B for compatibility with sensitive detection and communication circuits. 0 z it io /.a Wheelock's patented LS, LSM, MS, IS and HSW Series strobe designs (with additional patents pending) offer fire alarm system designers, specifiers and installers the industry's widest selection of UL 1971 Listed strobe products. 1 TAU Wheelock's new strobe family is designed for ADA applications with maximum performance, reliability and cost-effectiveness while meeting or exceeding the latest UUNFPA/ANS I requirements. LS Series LS Series strobes are Listed at 15 candela intensity, with a light dispersion pattem that exceeds UL 1971 require- ments and meets NFPA/ANSI requirements for indirect viewing in rooms and direct viewing in corridors. One LS Series strobe will cover a 20'x20' room when properly wall or ceiling* mounted in accordance with NFPA/ANSI Standards. LS Series strobes are available in a wide range of stand alone models and audible/speaker combination models, including Wheelock's unique MT Multitone Signals and popular MIZ Mini -Horns, CH Chimes, ET Speakers and E Speakers. For retrofit applications, the model LSP Strobe/Plate Assemby makes it easy to up- grade existing signaling devices to meet the latest visible signaling requirements. MS Series For larger areas, Wheclock's MS Series strobes are Listed at 30 candela intensity. One MS Series strobe will cover a 30'x30' room when properly wall or ceiling* mounted per NT-PA/ANSI Standards. The MS Series strobes arc available in the same stand alone and audible/speaker combination models as the LS and LSM Series. We try to keep our product information up to date and accurate. We can't cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications arc subject to change without notice. For more informa- tion, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203)484-7161 FAX: (203)484-7118 ONOTIFIER 12 Clintonville Road. NoNdord. Connecticut 06472 ISO -9001 Engineering and Manufacturing Quality System Certified to International Standard ISO -9001 Made In USA IS Scrics Wheelock's IS Series strobes are Listed at 75 candela intensity for additional coverage capability. Onc IS Scrics strobe will cover a 40'x40' room when properly wail or ceiling* mounted per NFPA/ANSI Standards. IS Scrics strobes arc available in the same stand alone and audible/spcaker combination models as the LS, LSM and MS Scrics. (Available in June) HSW Series For very large areas and sleeping areas, Wheelock's HSW Series strobes arc Listed at 110 candela intensity. Onc HSW Series strobe can be used to cover a 50'x50' room or to awaken sleeping occupants (within 16 of the.strobe), when properly wall mounted per NFPA/ANSI Standards. The HSW Series strobes are available in stand alone models or in combination with the MIZ Mini -Horns. They are also offered with the model HSPW Strobe/Plate Assemby,,for combination with a wide range:of audible or speaker. appliances in new or retrofit applications. , UL 1971 POLAR LIGHT DISTRIBUTION 15, 30, 75, 110 CANDELLA Wiring Diagram LSM Scrics LSM Series strobes arcalso Listed at 15 candela intensity under UL 1971 and exceed a near -axis 75 candela intensity. LSM Scrics strobes are designed only for wall mounting, in a vertical orientation, in accordance with NFPA/ANSI requirements for 15 candela strobes, yet ntcet a 75 candela ADA guideline with low current draw. They arc available in the same stand alone models and retrofit assembly as the LS, MS and IS Series. (Available in May) LSM POLAR LIGHT DISTRIBUTION 15/75 CANDELA 120cd REMINDER: See Wheelock's AIarm Signals for Fire and Life Safety Systems catalog (Rev. 1093) for non -UL 1971 product information. The UL 1638 strobe products in this catalog will no longer be Listed for public mode fire protection service if manufac- tured after April 1, 1994. Contact your Wheelock representative for availability of UL 1638 strobe products. *Refer to ADAAG present limitations on ceiling mounting. Although Wheelock's UL 1971 Listed strobe products exceed the UL 1971 requirements for intensity at all viewing angles as shown in the tables below, specification and installation of these products must be based on their Listed candela ratings in conformance with NFPA/ANSI strobe coverage tables. 1/4, 0 N 0 0) 0 a rn t0 z 0 Light Dis • LI SVUlasr.• 1 spsett t iofiaw6d 13,95w4 30 00' 73 o0' 11000' ed 7yn t$ 13 IR. Min o1 7y9 IS 7yn ISM tit. Min Tiyn ALS in. Mie 7y9 15 111. Min Tn. 1 L5 Angie (In dem) 0 6 10 15 20 0 30 334 3f. 40 45 60 65 SS G0 65 70 75 80 85 90 15.0 lab 13.6 13.699.0 135 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 8.3 6.8 6.0 6.3 6.3 4.5 4.6 3.8 3.8 21 ZO 20 20 20 19 17 17 15 10_ 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 6 100 7S 38 24 22 19 19 17 17 16 15 15 15 15 15 1S 15 15 14 300 77.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 225 225 225 225 155 r 135 - 12.0 105 10.5 9.0 9.0 7.6 7.5 42 40 40 40 ,n 40 31 30 20 16 16 16 16 16 14 14188 133 75.0 67.6 67.5 67.b 7.s 67.6 553 5.53 563 553C2 41.3 318 30.0 26.3 26.3 225 225 188 90 92 89 86. 86 83 77 70 G5 42 as al 31 31 31 • 30 27 2G 110.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 826 825 825 826 460.6 49.5 44.0 38.6 38.6 33.0 310 27.6 27.5 132 19 127 121 116 109 103 100 96 92 86 79 76. 69 45 43 42 41 36 • •WaIVC&irrt Vatlod AM¢e(indq{) 1 spsett _ 75 ed Ito ed 15 IR. Min•• ed 7yn t$ Tim 1.91 100 100 103 100 93 96 94 92 90 84 77 70 63 56 50 30 Z0 8 111, Win.** 30.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0• 27.03370 27.0'225 19.5226 13.8/225 10.2'225 8.1/165 66135 54/12.0 4.8'10.5 4.510.5 4.0'9.0 369.0 3.676 367.5 7yn MS 44 42 42 40 38 36 36 32 254 24 24 18 16 16 16 16 I6 - 16 111, Min•• 75.0 675 67.5 67.6 676 67.5563 488/553 34_656.3 25.5563 20.641.3 163338 135/300 12626.3 11.3/26.3 10.0'325 9.0'725 10'18.8 9.4188 7yn i5 90 88 87 83 79 74 68 GG 62 52 48 44 37 31 29 29 26 24 1A. Min 110.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 71.5 50.6 • 37.4 _ 24.2 19.8 17.6 16.5 14.3 13.2 . 13.2 112 7y11. lis 132 136 131 121 126 121 113 102 95 78247 � 51 48 45 45 45 44 39 23 0 5 10 15 25 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 70 75 80 85 90 ISO 135 135 13.5 13.5 13.5 135/11.3 9.8/11.3 69' 11.3 5.1/11.3 4.0'8.3 3.66.8 2.7/6.0 5.3 2' 233x5.3 244.5 LE/4.5LE/4.58 7.&3.8 1.8/3.8 22 21 21 20 1967.5 19 18 18 16 14 12 . 12 9 8 8 8 8 8 Mounting vinn/i , OPTION TYPE BACKBOX MAXIMUM WIRES IN BACKBOX #18 #16 #14 #12 A C 0 E .1 K L R S FLUSH FLUSH FLUSH FLUSH SURFACE SURFACE SURFACE SURFACE SURFACE WEATHERPROOF 1 -GANG X 2' 2 -GANG X 3-1/2' 4-X4- X 1-12' 4" X 4- X 2-1/8'4 WIREMOLD 1 -GANG X 1-3/4' WIREMOLD 2 -GANG X 1-3/4' 88 5811 S8L WBB 4 8 8• 4 4 4 8 4 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 4 4 8 4 8 4 4 4 g 8 8 4 84 4 8 4 48 8 8 8 U CAUTION: The Mounting Options table shows the maximum number of held wires (conduct) that can enter the backbox used with each mounting option. N these Ilmits are exceeded. there may be insufficient space in the badtbox to accommodate the held wires and stresses from the wires could damage the ' product. Although the limits shown for each option comply with Bre Natiord Electrical Code (NEC). WDeelodc recommends use of the largest baddrox option shown and use of approved stranded Held wires viraever possible. to provide tonal wig room for easy installation and minimum stresS on the product from wiring. Ordering Information (Mo1f�ting Accessories MODEL CODE DESCRIPTION BB -R 2830 4' X 4" X 1-12" SURFACE BACKBOX SBU -R 5342 6" X 9-12' X 1-3/4' SURFACE BACKBOX SBL -R 4995 5-12' X 10-5/8" X 1-3/4" SURFACE BACKBOX WBB-R 2959 4-18' X 4-118" X T WEATHERPROOF BACKBOX 1. Conduit entrances to the backbox should be selected to provide sulficent wrong clearance for the installed product. 2. Do not pass additional wires (used tor other than the signaling device) through the backbox. Such additional wires could resutt in insufficient wiring space for the signaling device. As CAUTION: Check that the Installed product will have sufficient clearance and wiring room prior to installing backboxes and conduit. especially 4 sheathed mutticonductor cable or 3/4' conduit fittings are used. Ordering Information STROBES Model Code Order Code Strobe Candela Current (Amps) Mounting Options Approvals UL CFM FM MEA BR LS 24VDC LS-24•VFR 5174 15 .080 0 X X X - - 1S1-24-VFR 5175 15 .080 A.J X X X - - LS3-24-VFR 5176 15 .080 1 X X X - - LSP-24-11FR. 5180 15 .080 E.R X X X - - LSM 24VDC LSM-24-VFR 5171 15/75 .115 0 X Apr May Apr - Jul LS1M-24-VFR 5172 15/75 .115 A.J X Apr May Apr Jul LS3M-24-VER 5173 15/75 .115 1 X Apr May Api Jul LSPM-24-VFR 5179 15/75 .115 E.S X Apr May Apr Jul MS 24VDC MS-24-VFR 5316 30 .135 D X Apr X - - MSI-24-VFR 5317 30 .135 A.J X Apr X - - MS3-24-VFR 5319 30 .135 L X Apr X - - MSP-24-HFR , 5320 • 30 .135 E.R X Apr X - - IS 24VDC IS-24-VFR 5351 75 .225 0 Mar Jun May Jun Sep ISI-24-VFR 5352 75 .225 A.J Mar Jun May Jun Sep 1S3-24-VFR 5353 75 .225 1 Mar Jun May Jun Sep ISP-24-VFR 5354 75 .225 E.R Mar Jun May Jun Sep HSW 24VDC HSW-24-HFR 5177 110 .230 0 X X X X May HS2W-HFR 5178 110 .230 ' C.K X • X X X May HSPW-24-HFR 5181 110 .230 E.R X X X X May • WM 24VDC WM3T-24-FR 4911 117 .088 1.1.1 X X X X X LS/MS 12 VDC LSI-12-VFR 5377 15 .160 • A.J Apr June Apr — — MS1-12-VFR 5378 30 .270 A.J June Aug June — — LSP-12-VFR 5379 15 .160 E.R Apr June Apr — — MSP-12-VFR 5380 30 .270 E,R June Aug • June rcu — Catdnmia — State — Fire 1. Models code suffitc V = vertical lens: H.. horizontal lens: F - fire lettering: R - rod plate. 2 Approval codes:. UL =Underwater laboratories. Marshal: FM - Factory Mutual: MEA - New York Cty Materials and Equipment Acceptance: BFP=Chicago Bureau of Fire Prevention. AUDIBLE SIGNALS AND SPEAKERS TO USE WITH LSPILSPMIMSPASP/HSPW Multitones Eledronic Signals Motor Bells (6- or 10-) Voice Evacuation Speakers Electronic Chime MT Series. AES Series MB Series -• ET -1010. 8067, 807T. ET -1070. ET -1080. (-7070. E-7025 CH -0 © WARNING PLEASE READ THESE P&L -MATIONS AND INSTRUCUONS CARBUU.Y BEFORE USING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF ME TION OF THESE PR000CCTTEOWING Hf *14 EMERGENCY ENCY SITUATION. WHICH COULD RESULT ICAUTIONS AND WARNINGS COULDN PROPERTY DAMAGE, INJESULT IMPROPER URY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/MSTALLATION AND/OR OR OTHERS. NOTE: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol m. A8 Warnings are printed in bold capital Tetters. Specification Information General Notes: • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum from across their Listed voltage range. • All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL 1971. • Strobe models are UL 1971 Listed for indoor use with a temperature range of 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C) and maximum humidity of 85% RH. The WM3T strobe for outdoor use is UL 1638 Listed for -31° F to 150° F (-35° C to 66° C) and maximum humidity of 95% RH. • Rated Input voltage (either filtered DC or unfiltered full -wave -rectified (FWR)): Strobe Signals for 24VDC operation are UL Listed over a voltage range from 20VDC to 31 VDC. Strobe Signals for 12VDC operation are UL Listed over a voltage range of 12VDC to 15.6 VDC. Check the minimum and maximum output of the power supply and standby battery and subtract the voltage drop from the circuit wiring resistance to determine the applied voltage to the strobes. z 0 1 `civtraik VOLTAGE 20VDC 24VDC 31VDC 20VFWR 24VFWR 31 VF1NR 12VDC' 15.6VDC 12VFWR" 15.6VFWR' RATED AVERAGE CURRENT LS MS LSM IS' .080 .135 .115 .240 .080 .135 .115 .225 .080 .135 .115 .195 .080 .135 .125 .240 .081 .135 .125 .225 .091 .135 .125 .195 .160 .270 - - .160 .270 - - .175 .295 - - .175 .295 - - HSW .280 .230 .190 .280 .230 STROBE CURRENT REQUIREMENT AMPS RATED PEAK CURRENT LS MS LSM 1S..160 .288 250 E .190 .296 260 .450 .210 .296 .260 .370 -S .210 .390 .350 .700 .96( .216 .390 .365 .640 .831 .240 .390 .365 .520 .751 .340 .595 .340 .595 .475 .835 - - .475 .835 - - Preliminary MM table are measured with OC volt meter. Muttipk VIWR voltage by 1.11 to convert to VRMS. Use the Note: c WW1 voltageshighest value of aloe of um number of strobes and to establish power supplies ^f° page requirements. Use the Med peak rated avenge aural to determine thc maxim whichever is higher) i0 verity kie requke - on the same drcuil add the Make sure thatd inrush a eent ( do not exceed system f� supplies or fusing . H strobes and audible devices operate Make the mraabl peak and openinruah currents strobe current hon the table is the proper audible current. See 'installation Instructions'. © WARNING: ORMA FOR -INSTALLATION p1ONIFOR MATIOM" SHEET 011 THESE E PRODUCTS. T HESE MATERIALS COiTA1N IMPORTANT INFORMATION FTIN THAT SHOULD BE READ PRIOR10 SPECIFYING RINSTALLING THESE PRODUCiS. INCLUDING: • TOTAL CURRENT OWNEBY AL TITS NI��M�MARYAND SECONDARY 0SO • FUSE RATINGS ON SIGNALING CIRCUITS TOABLEj*GUM INRUSH OR P:AK CURRENTS FROM THOSE CIRCUITS.• COMPOSITE R.ASH RATE FROM MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSON'S RELD OF Walt • HNSTALLATiON OF 110 CAN0f3A STROBE PRODUCTS IN SLEM116 AREAS. • iNSTAUATION IN OFFICE AREAS ANO OTHER SPECiRCATiON AND INSTALLATION ISSUES. Architects and Engineers Specifications specifications and must be PROPERLY specified, applied, installed, Wheelock products mustdp used within their published speceoSpecification, application, operated,i ns at the maintained and operationally tested in accordance with their installation regulations and laws.l Sped installation and at east a yearor more often and in accordance wLth l�I• s �o��byqualified personnel for proper operati°n in accordance witlT)twice i all of la est National maintenance and testing must be performed Laboratories (U')' National Electrical Code (NEC), Iota, state, county, province, district, federal and other applicable all u the latest National Fire ltotection Association (NFPA), butp dices and amendments Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), building and fire standards, guidelines, regulations, laws and codes -including, not limited to, all a pen and the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). OTHER DOCU- K MANUALS MENTSMATERIAL EXTRAPOLATED FROM THIS DOCUMENT OR FROM NA OR ADVERTISING CLAIMS, FOR ANY OTHER S UIEN N DESCRIBING THE PRODUCTOFOR USE PRr'S APPLICATION, NOT HAVE ANYLIABILITY FOR SUCH USE. USE, INCLUDING DESCRIVI1ON OF THE PRODUCT'S AFFLICT ION, OPERATION, INSTALLATION AND TES USED AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE USER AND WIIEELOCK WILL us develo ment of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Due to continuo P Wheelock, Inc. standard terms and conditions. Unt 0 m cn 0 0' O Z in / ra NOTIFIER Division of Pittway Corporation GENERAL The System Sensor 400 Series photoelectric smoke detectors are specifically designed to meet the stringent performance requite- ments of industrial and municipal f'ue detection/alarm systems. The design of these detectors emphasizes rase of installation and field maintenance. - - FEATURES • Unique optical sensing chamber. ✓ Superior signal-to-noise ratio. ✓ Built-in signal processing. ✓ 3.0% nominal sensitivity. • Removable cover for field cleaning. • Visible LED "blinks" in standby. • Sealed against dirt, insects, and •back pressure. • 3 Year Limited Warranty. • Field metering of detector sensitivity. • Built-in magnetic test switch. • Low standby current. • Built-in tamper-resistant feature. • Designed for direct surface or electrical box mounting. • 3600 field viewing angle of the visual alarm LEDs • Insect -resistant screening (.02070308 mm openings). • Easy plug-in of the head to base. • SEMS screws for easy wiring. • Optional recess mounting. • Air velocity up to 3000 feet per minute. APPLICATIONS Use for protection of life and property. Photoelectric detectors are recommended in areas where slow smoldering fires are likely to ignite. In areas where small combustion particles are usually present from fork-lift trucks, cooking stoves, etc., they are less likely than ionization detectors to produce false alarms. CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION All 400 Series photoelectric smoke detectors contain a unique optical sensing chamber designed to sense the presence of smoke particles produced by a wide range of combustion sources and meet the performance criteria designated by UL 268_ A new o custom integrated circuit incorporates signal processing to re- ? ▪ duce false alarms and sample/hold circuitry to provide easy field metering of sensitivity. Additional key features include: a recess mounting option, inter- changeable ionization or photoelectric in the same family of mounting bases, and a full line of accessories. Octobers, 1993 Page 1 of 2 Catalog Section: Conventional Initiating Devices 2451 2 & 4 -Wire Photoelectric Smoke Detector S911 CS308 BSA 1232 -88 -SA California State Fre Marshal 7272-1209:131 001A0AY Cover Screen Detector We try to keep our product Information up to date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All spedttcatbns are subject to change without notice. For more inlomation, contact: 0N OTI FIE R 12 Clintonville Road. Norttdord. CT 06472 Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 al ad* In O. U.S.A. INSTALLATION Model 2451 detectors arc designed for systems use with NOTIFIER UL listed control panels. For 2 -wire applications, install a maximum of 20 detectors per zone.. Easy to install and maintain, this detector is designed for direct surface mounting (mounting bracket included), or mounting to a 4" octagon or smaller box. Easy -to -wire screw terminals allow fast and simple field wiring of in, out and remote annunciator connections. Consult NOTIFIER control panel specifications for the maximum,al- towable loop resistance for the particular control panel to be used. - To prevent wiring mistakes, observe polarities and make certain that each conductor is identified. A copy of Installation and Maintenance Instructions is packaged with each detector. For further information, refer to NFPA 72E "Standard on Automatic Fire Detectors", and to local Authority Having Jurisdiction. MOUNTING BASE SELECTION GUIDE Current Base Current Model Loop Limit Contact Standby Draw on . �Vo to AL[ID Number Version TY Resistor Type 8 5 to 35 VDC 10 to lar mA* . B401B UL 2 -wire No — B402B UL 4 -wire Yes Form -A & Form -C. 17-32 VDC 14 to 39 VDC B404B - UL 4 -wire No Form -A & Form -C/A 120 VAC 75 mA AC Max. Supervisory. B406B UL -7.: :2 -wire • No Form -C 15 to 32 VDC 21 to 100°` * Limited by control panel. Relay Contact Ratings: Resistive or Inductive (60% power factor) load. Form A: 2.0 at 30 VAC/DC. Form C: 0.6 at 110 VDC, 2.0 at 30 VDC. 1.0 at 125 VAC, 2.0 A at 30 VAC. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Operating Voltage: Mounting Base Dependent (see chart above) Stand-by Current 120 micro amps. maximum. Sensitivity: 3.0%/ft. Nominal Weight 0.5 pounds (277 g.) Size: 3.3"182 mm high, 4.0"/103 mm dia. (62"/158 mm. dia. with flanged bases) Construction: Flame retardant white Noryl plastic Temperature: 32-120° F (0-49° C) Humidity Range: 10-93% R. H. (non -condensing). PRODUCE LINE INFORMATION Model Description 1451 Ionization Detector. Must be mounted to one of the B4OX Series Bases listed above. 2451 Photoelectric Detector. Must be mounted to one of the B4OX Series Bases listed above. 2451TH Same as Model 2451 above, but with a 135° F (57° C) fixed temperature heat sensor. RA400Z Remote Annunciator for 2 or 4 wire applications. Use with any 400 Series plug-in detector. Fits standard U. S. single gang electrical box. MOD400R Field Tcst Module for all of the System Scnsor 400 Series Smoke Detectors. NOTIFIER A Division of Pittway Corporation 1-304 HD -600 Heat Detectors Catalog Section: Conventional initiating Devices April 10. 1995 GENERAL ,s' The FireLite/Notifier HD -600 Heat Detector is attractive and du- rable, and features combination rate -of -rise and fixed tempera- ture detectors. Heat detectors are available in 135°F and 200°F temperature ratings. Rate -of -rise detects heat by quickly responding to rapid tem- perature increase. Rate -of -rise units have wide spacing allow- ance of 50 -foot centers. See Specification Table for details., Fixed temperature reacts to heat by responding to a specific temperature setting. HD -600 Detectors use the same reliable pneumatic rate -of- rise element used in former models, but offer added aesthetic ap- peal. _. The pneumatic rate -of -rise element re ponds to a rapid rise in temperature, approximately 15°F. (8°Cj' per minute, by expan- sion of air within the sealed chamber faster than it can escape through a calibrated vent. The resultant increase in pressure depresses the diaphragm, causing the electrical contact to close the circuit The fixed temperature element uses a fusible alloy. When acti- ' vated, the extemal heat collector drops away to provide quick visual confirmation that the element has operated e units protrude only 1 3/8 inch from the ceiling surface with a jhn ction box mounting. They have pleasing contours and an all - white finish that conforms to ceiling aesthetics. FEATURES • Rate -of -Rise and Fixed Temperature • One or Two -Circuit, Normally Open • Fary Installation • Low Profile - Visual Indication • Operation Testing INSTALLATION Each detector includes a patented reversible mounting plate. In one position, it easily attaches to 4" junction box, 3 I/4" octagon box or plaster ring. In reverse, the plate can be used for open wiring without a junction box. A 1/4" space between detector and mounting surface allows for wire connections. All mounting screws are concealed. The detector simply attaches to the mounting plate with a push and twist motion. No special tools are required. Mounting plate is molded of white self -extinguishing thermo- plastic rated at 105°C. The plate is extremely strong yet, adapts to uneven mounting surfaces. S747 0N3A8.AY (HD 621-,H0601/HD602 ) � eomia 0F4A3AY (HD603/HD604) Fre Marshal0F4A3AY (HD622/HD623) 7270:0028:170 0F4A3.AY (HD624) MEA 250-94-E Junction Box Mounting Celfng Surface Mounting I 1 3-r/4•orit- Outlet Bar or 4' Square Bar Reversible Mounting Plate We try to keep our product information up to date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific 402, applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more Information. contact NOTIFlER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 (am 12 Clintonville Road. Northtord. Connecticut 06472 Cut for surface Reversible mounting Mounting Plate 8 -32 - Round Head Screws 5/8 to r ISO -9001 Engineering and Manufacturing Quality System Certified to International Standard ISO -9001 8-3r Flat Head Wood Screws Page 1 of 2 HD -600 SERIES TESTING METHODS Models HD-601/HD-621 and HD -602ND -622 can be tested by the application of quick heat from any convenient source. A portable hair dryer is recommended. However, do not apply heat that exceeds the fixed temperature rating of the detector. Models HD-603/HD-623 and HD-604/HD-624 cannot be tested. However, the fusible alloy element is generally considered so reliable that testing is not necessary. Model HD-601/HD-621 Model HD-602/HD-622 Model HD-603/HD-623 Model HD-604/HD-624 Rate -of -rise and Fixed Temperature. 135=F (STC) Rate -of -rise and Fixed Temperature. 200'F(9r'C) .. . Fixed Temperature only. 13SF (STC) Fixed Tenperafwa only. 200'F (94'C) Appr ation: Normal temperature fluctuations and ceiling temperatures not exceeding 100` F (38'C) Application: NORM!! Uttptrattlfe Ouauations and ceili g temperatures exceeding tOPF (3irC)but not r50'F(6SL) .. AppFcation: Unusually violent tenperahrre fluctuations and ceTing temperatures not excee0xg 100'F (38'C) Application: Unusually violent tenperawre fluctuations and ceiling temperatures exceeding SOOT ISCPE (66'C) . Maximum Spacing allowance' _SOltx50t-UL 30ftx301t-FM Maximum Spacing aaowance' • ' SOAx50A-UC 30kx30A=FM k 'Refer to NEPA for apprication tspuirements Maximum Spacing allowance' 251tx25ft-t1 2011x201! -FM Maximum Spacing allowance' 15ttx151-1A.6FM Screw Terminals Standard Single Circuit Detector" •. Wire from alarm panel or previous detector. 4111) o�o I`I Wire connected to next detector or end of line resistor. NOTE: All single circuit models come with one (1) normally open dry contact. Page 2 of 2 Dual Circuit Detector . Used to send Iwo Independent - signals. 'Wire connected to next detector or end of line resistor. Wirefrom alarm panel or previous detector. Wire connected - to next detector or end of line resistor. NOTE: All dual circuit models come with one (2) normally open dry contacts. NOTES Application: Heat detectors should be used for property protec- tion. Reliance should not be placed solely on heat detectors for fife safety. When life safety is involved, smoke detectors must also be used. Battery Back-up: Heat detectors should be electronically super- vised with battery back-up at the panel The rate -of -rise mechanism may be subject to reduce sensitivity over time. Annual testing of the rate -of -rise operation is recom- mended. ELECTRICAL RATINGS 6-125 Volts A.C., 3.0 Amp. 6-28 Volts D.0-, 1-0 Amp. 125 Volts D.C., 0.3 Amp. 250 Volts D.C., 1 Amp. NOTIFIER A Division of Pittway Corporation GENERAL . Thc BNG and BRG Manual Firc Alarm Pull Stations each provide a single action, normally -open contact alarm initiating point for use with Fire Alarm Control Panels. Thc BNG Station is non -code, non - break -glass type. The BRG Station is non-codc, break -glass typc. FEATURES - . - • With -in ADA 5Ib Pull Forcc - • Sturdy metal construction. • Simple operation. • Operation does not require replacement of parts (BNG only.) • Drawing of flames on cover helps communicate purpose of this device to people who do not read. • Designed to prevent false alarms when bumped, shaken, or jarred. • Spanish version (FUEGO) (BNG-ISP). APPLICATIONS Designed for indoor use in atmospheres which are not potentially explosive. Use as a means of allowing anyone on the premises to tum in non -coded alarm quickly without chance of error. There is no need for delay. There is no danger of giving incorrect or incomplete in- structions. Typical users include: 1. Schools. 2. Hospitals. 3. Retail stores. 4. Industrial plants. )5. Warehouses. Compatible with any appropriate control panel. May be used to: ... I. Initiate local alarm signals. 2. Trip a municipal fire alarm box. 3. Start fire pumps. 4. Initiate other functions which can be initiated by the closing. OPERATION The stations arc operated by a pull on the pull cover. This causes a key latch to act against a retaining mechanism until adequate force is applied to open the station. As the station opens, a switch is released to initiate an alarm. The retainer in Model BNG is a permanent high tensile coil spring, which eliminates the need for a glass retainer. The retainer used in Model BRG is a glass rod. When operated, the cover hangs down (and cannot be made to stay in a closed position) indicat- ing that the station was used to turn in the alarm. (OPERATED STATIONS CAN BE SEEN UP TO 100 FEET AWAY.) Resetting is easily accomplished by use of a reset key. The attractive design of the station highlights its engineered simplicity and unusual dependability: bumping, shaking. or jarring will not activate the switch or circuit. Instructions for operation of the station arc provided on the front of the pull cover. The BNG and BRG Stations are both die -formed from 1/8" thick satin finish aluminum, with the operating instructions in raised letters. Stations come in surface mounting models only. BNG and BRG contacts arc rated at: 1 amp., 30 VAC, and 30 VDC. Master key fits all stations used in an installation of the same series. 0 z 0) 1-440 BNG & BRG Series Manual Fire Alarm Stations Catalog Section: Conventional lnitiaing Devices April 17, 1995 0A0A3.AY S635 **BSA 750 -76 -SA *MEA ADA Meets ADA Putt 38-93-E Force California State Are Marshal 7150-028:003 The BNG-ITSL and BNG-ITSRL INSTALLATION The station mounts with two screws (supplied) to a standard single - gang electrical switch box. It can also be mounted to a surface mount box. ARCHITECT/ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS Manual Fire Alarm Stations shall be non -code, non -break -glass type, equipment with a key operated reset, and so designed that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannot be restored to normal except by use of a key. An operated station shall be designed such that upon activation, it will be visually detectable at a minimum distance of one hundred feet, front or side. Manual Stations shall be constructed of die -formed aluminum, with operating directions provided on the front cover in raised letters. Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting on a standard single -gang box or switch plate, and shall be installed 48" above the finished floor per ADA requirements. Manual Stations shall be Underwriters Laboratorics Listed. we try to kccp our product information up to date and accurate- We can't cover all specific applica- tions or anticipate 2t1 requirements. All specifications arc subject to change without notice. For move information. contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118 \J 4O T1FS ER 12 Clintonvilk Road. Nonhford. Connecticut 06472 ISO -9001 Engineering and Manufacturing Quality System Ccniftcd to International Standard ISO -9001 Made in the U.S.A. Page 1 of 2 BNG (pictured below) uses a tension string as a retainer. BRG looks the same. except the retains is a glass rod. II '... I 11 I— AI- J. Writ ..aJ La iri Overall dimensions of Semi -Flush mounted station: 3-1/4- Wide x 4-3/4- High x 7/8- Deep L � BG -2 Back Box The DABC Double Action Cover and DABC-SP adapter provide a simple and economical means to convert Notifier single action BNG-1 Manual Fire Alarm Stations into double -action units. The purpose of these adapters is to deter false alarms caused by passers-by who merely pull a station and continue on without stopping. Using the double -action adapter requires a person to stop and perform two distinctive moves; lift the cover and pull the breakstation. Such action is sufficient to deter potential pranksters from initiating costly alarms. The DABC -SP consists of a red and white BSA approved back plate and the cover assembly which fits over the BNG-1. The cover is hinged to a bracket with nylon bushings which form the cover housing. The DABC-SP back plate and cover housing are punched and drilled to accommodate field wiring and the mounting screws that secure the BNG-1 and adapter to a wall back box. Physical Dimensions Length - 7 inches (17.64 cm) Width - 3.500 inches (8.82 cm) Depth - 1.250 inches (3.15 cm) DABC-SP Back Plate • Length - 9.650 inches (24.318 cm) Width - 6.750 inches (17.01 cm) Page 2012 The BNG-/SP PRODUCT UNE INFORMATION Model No. Description *BNG-1 Aluminum pull station with red lettering. BNG-1TSL Standard "LOCAL" Style BNG-1 (aluminum) unit with terminal strip. BNG-1TSRL Standard "LOCAL" Style BNG-1R (red) unit with terminal strip. *BNG-1SP Spanish aluminum pull station with red FUEGO (FIRE) and JALE (PULL) letters. UL Listed (contact factory for current status of other listings and approvals). **BNG-1R Red aluminum pull station with silver lettering. "'BNG-1F Aluminum pull station with red lettering and DPDT switch *BNG-1TS Aluminum pull station with red lettering and two -position, double -row terminal block. *BNG-1FIS Aluminum pull station with tecl lettering with DPDT switch and two -position, double -row terminal block. **BRG-1 Aluminum pull station with red lettering and breakglass option. **BRG-1R Same as BRG-1, but painted led. BG -2 Surface mounting Back -Box for BNG/BRG series stations. One end tapped for 12" conduit 146-0601 Replacement Glass Retainer for BRG. DABC Second action cover for BNG DABC-SP NYC backplate with second action cover. *MEA 38-93-E ** BSA 750 -76 -SA S < N SPA Room P IED , WItHEDUT 'OMMENITS. AS !INPER E ATrA,ONED LETTER IIED IN RED The drawings affixed hereto have been reviewed and accept -):1 by the City of Tukwila Fire Dept. A ins, deletions or revisionsi to after this date will void Eli_ will require a resubn.i..: .; Fin -i° acceptance i3 ::;'J • inspection by a rodr this department ) c/..o,V • . aou ?co Pa -c. AA -7 s. 4463.y Fro,Nr sNo..vEla. ,10T •-,qt)Itt 0.:Aitir)PZ r. ?!....A 4fsvA smorce DetC I aO4nr-qs&Er roNix4r ION intt1/41WA Ft -- Please and r No. • - •,;i0oro . ,,ItjtvIll o I TUK-ivILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Ple:-;se call: 575-4407 nd give this job g 9c77 and exact address for shut, down or restoration approval. /74,3 • 5, "ittet ,,, d [-!...---sJI r.- 1 ' • ri ; 1 1 r,,n I t1 FILE LIST OF MATERIALS SUPPLIED TO: ECONO LODGE MOTEL 13910 PACIFIC HWY S TUKWILA, WA 98168 FIRE DISTRICT. TUKWILA FOR:MONITORING PERMIT BY: ADT SECURITY SYSTEMS CONTACT: DON LEE TELEPHONE: 654-3084 REGISTRATION NUMBER: ADTSES*115B5 DATE: 12-27-95 Security Systems 1916 Boren Avenue Seattle WA 98101-1406 Telephone 206 624 3103 Fax 206 654 2189 ACCEPTED 0, WITHOUT COMMENTS. ❑ AS NOTED IN RED ❑ PER THE ATTACHED LETTER The drawings affixed hereto have been reviewed and accepted by the City of Tukwila Fire Dept. A i:ditions, deletions or revisions to wings after this date will void t:i: ince and will require a resu:i: i:, revised drawings. Fins! .aC,e, tame is ca:aject to field- InSpev i ;n ;y a representative of this dep. , DATE: /./g/94 CITY OF TUKWILA 5/5 - 44:17 QUANTITY MODEL DESCRIPTION 1 1 72303 PS -1270 SSWF PANEL BATTERY NOTE:CONNECTION TO CUSTOMER OWNED ALARM PANEL FOR MONITORING BY ADT. TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Please call: 575.4407 and give this job ¢,io. 9/ f iz�/ T and ,:xact address for shut= down or restoration approval. L DEC 27 r35 GENERAL NOTES: 1) ALL WIRE AND CONDUIT MUST BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATI❑N, AND MUST MEET ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 2) ALL WIRE AND CABLE MUST BE RATED FOR FIRE ALARM USER PER THE LATEST REVISIONS, OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE SECTION 760. THIS IS A POWER LIMITED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, ALL CABLE MUST BE MARKED FPL, FPLR, OR FPLP. 3) ALL CONDUCTORS MUST TEST FREE OF GROUND BEFORE MAKING CONNECTION TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 4) TO RETAIN WARRANTEE, THE FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT MUST BE POWERED UP UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A QUALIFIED MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICIAN. 5) THE LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM IS A COMPLETELY SUPERVISED SYSTEM. 6) INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL FIELD CHANGES WITH THE MANUFACTURER INCLUDING CHANGES IN DEVICES, WIRE CONDUIT RUNS AND OPERATI❑N IN THE SYSTEM. MANUFACTURER SHALL NOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE CAUSED BY THOSE CHANGES. 7) LIFE SAFETY AUDIBLE SHALL BE AUDIBLE THROUGHOUT THE SPACE AND HAVE A SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL NOT LESS THAN 15db ABOVE AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MEASURED AT 4'-0' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 8) SYSTEM SHALL BE CLASS 'B' IN CONFIGURATION. 9) LOCATE ALL PULL STATI❑N AND HORN/ STROBE UNITS AT SPECIFIED- -HIGH =T PER NFPA 72 AND ADA SEE DETAIL. 10) SMOKE DETECTOR L❑CATION ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER NFPA 72 11) ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL R❑UGH—IN INSTALLATION WITH THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR 12) SMOKE DETECTORS IN CEILING MUST BE LESS THAN 15' FROM A WALL AND / OR NO FURTHER THAN 30' FROM EACH OTHER. 13) NO SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE LOCATED CLOSER THAN 36' TO ANY AIR REGISTER OR DIFFUSER 14) NO HEAT DETECTOR SHALL BE LOCATED CLOSER THAN 24' TO ANY AIR REGISTER OR DIFFUSER. 15) NO HEAT DETECTOR SHALL BE LOCATED CLOSER THAN 36' TO ANY PART OF ANY HEAT GENERATI❑N DEVICE (FUSE, BOILERS, WATER HEATER, ETC..) IN MECHANICAL ROOMS. 16) NO HEAT DETECTOR SHALL BE LOCATED CLOSER THAN 18' TO ANY PART OF LIGHT FIXTURE. 17) INITIATION AND SIGNALING CIRCUITS ARE SEPARATE YET MAY BE RUN IN SAME CONDUIT 18) ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE LABELED BY ZONE AND ALL COLOR CODES SHALL MATCH 19) ALL CIRCUIT FEED AND RETURN'S SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM OF 1' WHEN INSTALLED VERTICALLY AND 4' WHEN INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY PER NFPA72 20) THESE DRAWINGS D❑ NOT SUPERSEDE THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATI❑NS, THEY ARE INTENDED AS A SUPPLEMENT ONLY AND MUST BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THEY DO NOT MODIFY THE CONTRACTORS OBLIGATION TO CONFORM TO THE PROJECTS ORIGINAL DESIGN CRITERIA. 21) METALLIC RACEWAY SHALL BE USED WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE, SPECIFICATI❑NS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 22) ALL RACEWAYS MUST BE FREE OF MOISTURE. 23) ALL CIRCUIT FEED AND RETURN'S SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM OF 1' WHEN INSTALLED VERTICALLY AND 4' WHEN INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY PER NFPA72 24) REFER TO ADT SECURITY FIRE DATA SHEETS FDR PROPER TYPE AND SIZES OF REQUIRED DEVICE MOUNTING BOXES. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL MOUNTING BOXES 25) AC VOLTAGE IS NOT PERMITTED IN THE SAME RACEWAY AS FIRE WIRING. 26) UNRELATED (NON—FIRE) WIRING SHALL NOT BE IN THE SAME RACEWAY AS FIRE WIRING. 27) ALL CONTRACTOR FIELD WIRING MUST ENTER TOP AND/OR SIDE OF FIRE CONTROL PANEL ONLY. SEE DATA SHEET. 28) ALL FIRE WIRING SHALL TEST FREE OF OPENS, SHORTS, AND GROUNDS. 29) ALL WIRES SHALL BE LABELED AND TAGGED. 30) ALL WIRE SHALL MEET ALL APPLICABLE NATI❑NAL ELECTRICAL CODE ARTICLES FOR FIRE AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING. 31) THESE DRAWINGS DO NOT SUPERSEDE THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, THEY ARE INTENDED AS A SUPPLEMENT ONLY AND MUST BE USED IN C❑NJUNCTI❑N WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THEY DO NOT MODIFY THE CONTRACTORS OBLIGATION TO CONFORM TO THE PROJECTS ORIGINAL DESIGN CRITERIA. ECONO LODGE 13910 PACIFIC HWY S SEATTLE, WA 98168 FACP DEVICE LEGEND FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SMOKE DETECTOR HEAT DETECTOR PULL STATION HORN/STROBE "WP" DENOTES WEATHERPROOF DEVICE NACP ANN NAC PANEL - 10 AMP ANNUNCIATOR CEILING 80' AFF TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE FOR WALL MOUNT UP TO 54' AFF TO OPERABLE PART IF SIDE APPROACH POSSIBLE. 48' AFF TO OPERABLE PART IF FRONT APPROACH NECESSARY. FLOOR A.D.A. REGULATION COMPLIANCE SWITCHES CONTROLS AND FIRE ALARM PULL STATION SHALL BE MOUNTED AT +48' TO TOP. FIRE ALARM INDICATING APPLIANCES SHALL BE PLACED 80. ABOVE THE HIGHEST FLOOR LEVEL WITHIN THE SPACE OR 6' BELOW THE CEILING. WHICHEVER IS LOWER TO ADA GUIDELINES. ACCEPTED ❑ Without Comments !' As Noted in Red ❑ Per The Attached Letter These plans have been reviewed by The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau for conformance with current City standards. Acceptance is subject to errors and omissions which do not authorize violations of adopted standards and ordinances. The responsibility for the adequacy of design fe,sts totally with the designer. Additions, deletions or reris;ons to these -drawings after this date will void to s==L..-ccrance and will require a resubmittal of for subsequent approval. Final acceptance is suoiect to field test and inspection by The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. Date: if A (- c) 9 By: Al", ,i17 — Rook -.1 d e+ek-b rs h repot row" # eI+ +ham desk and n f repov+ +o ccfrfrd s4 -44-N11 POIh I' ghn��Clu+Tor. (e c..rt' J G/ C e» -t- ( 45+4-41° . 1�5�wc(a de104--'►Lot k� y Lbx _ rAs t l breci�Cer IL4hdle 6I412 oK dedtc4/11 FA G'i rc 4 io.cqk.er . ✓1.,iic i in tuts 44- 4-17- Sp44es pro Jidc 1 t y ° P„ceJ -i! -e i p h -e wf d e-4 ev{-roK kai r e wo k C.. E.° . S Oo✓ WIRE LEGEND SYMBOL WIRE DESCRIPTION A 16/2 FPLR SLC CIRCUIT B 14/2 FPLR NAC CIRCUIT J 16/4 FPLR ANNUNCIATOR CIRCUIT Fire Alarm System Check Off List For Final Inspection Following is a list of items that must be completed before the Fire Department will perform a final inspection. 1 Low Voltage Electrical Final 2 Line Voltage Electrical Final 3 Elevator Final 4 Pressurization a Stairwell b Elevator 5 Sprinkler System (100% Complete) All Valves in normal condition. 6 Interior Building Construction. (i.e. doors, floor covering, ceiling covers, ceiling tiles, windows, etc.) 7 HVAC 8 Suppression Systems 9 Safety and ADA Requirements, Fire Extinguishers 10 Specialty Furniture 11 Monitoring (See Below) 12 Final Fire Alarm Inspection 13 Approved Set of plans and permit on site Phone line (lines) must be installed and active. 14 Fire Alarm Monitoring a Dual Line Communicator b Scan Line Date Line Due In: (If Required by Jurisdiction) c Contract Signed d Scan Line ordered (Alarm Company) e Stu Installed and Tested 2 Elevator Monitoring Completion Completion Completion Completion Completion Completion Completion Completion Completion Completion Completion Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: -ate: D.ite: Date: Date: Completion Date: Completion Date: Completion Date: Completion Date: Completion Date: Completion Date: Completion Date: Completion Date: ' 11824 NORTHCREEK PRKWY N. Fire and SUITE 105 BOTHELL, WA 98011 Security PHONE: (425) 402-3351 FAX: (425) 415-6164 /Fire& Security a wl_;t4 TIP 'NealFire & Security FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ECONO LODGE 13910 PACIFIC HWY S. SEATTLE, WA 98168 REVISED PER AHJ 04-15-09 No. Revision/Issue Date REPRESENTATIVE: ALFRED EVANS CHECKED BY: — CHECKED BY DATE: — APPROVED BY: — APPROVED BY DATE: — (Dat. 03-28-09 AS—SHOWN Sheet FA -01 LAUNDRY k ROOM 101 ©23 04 I N1-2 N1-3 30CD .115CD ROOM 102 I I ROOM 103 II ROOM 104 'i 5 Ail 06 q'I 07 4 ROOM 105 iI 11 I I N1-4 N1-5 II N1-6 15CD15CD 11 15CD 1111 N1-1 IA 30CD D n z D n -o moo 11 B Il MANAGER I1 SOCD �4 Al \i; 5 REL. -r T iON LOE A 11 11 I 1 li 3 I A I 019 /2 ii II1 11 1 ROOM 106 A N1-7 15CD N2-5 15CD OFFICE N2-7 30CD N2-6 N2-8 15CD 15CD A 06 I n a' 7 2B N2-4 75CD WP '1 111 111111 11_1111 8 • l ROOM 107 I ROOM 108 29 11 4 OA UP TO SECOND FLOOR SMOKE DETECTOR N1-10 15CD EOLI • ©18 •©17 A jj1 011• ©12 ROOM 109 11 N2-9 11 15CD A it 11 ROOM 110 I ROOM 111 013 • N2-10 15CD ©14 4 N2-12 30CD ir EOL ilr- i I 1` 1 #' II 11 1 • 1N2 -1L1--1 15CD 015 A F ROOM 112 I ROOM 113 FIRST FLOOR PLAN FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 6 II ROOM 201 F 9 Ii 11 ROOM 202 A 8 I I 11 N3-2 N3-3 15CD; 15CD 4 ROOM 203 it ROOM 204 II II 11 •I A ®41 40 N3-1 DOWN TO NAC PANEL ON FIRST FLOOR- : i I I I 11 11 i 1 LOBBY 11 i; ( ©7 6 ROOM 205 ii N3-4 li N3-5 15CD 1 I B 15CD U l � is !I r II it 4 4 5 N3-6 15CD I.B ROOM 206 11 I 1 � I I1 ROOM 207 ©4a3 I i N3-7 15CD ROOM 208 ®32 ROOM 209 A 4 FROM FIRST FLOOR SMOKE DETECTOR N3-8 N3-9 N3-10 15CD B 15CD 1 15CD II I INLN 11 UP TO THIRD FLOOR SMOKE DETECTOR • ©4T_0 4 N4- 30CD EL EV. iI 11A OWN TO -NAC PANEL ON FIRST FLOOR I I1 ,N4-4 N4-6 30C I 11 E B 1 N4-7 N4 N 4 5CD -5� 15CD ROOM 210 ROOM 211 IA ©49 II ROOM 212 j�1 N4 - N4=9 ll 1-5CD B~7 A ii A ROOM 213 IdaN4-11 __3_OeD EOL 1 11H BH N4=1 i I � 15CD- 1 1 11A 6 IIA ROOM 214 II it 1 5 ROOM 215 N4-3 30CD SECOND FLOOR PLAN FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" FACP F DEVICE LEGEND FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SMOKE DETECTOR HEAT DETECTOR PULL STATION ri HORN/STROBE "WP" DENOTES WEATHERPROOF DEVICE NACP ANN NAC PANEL - 10 AMP ANNUNCIATOR WIRE LEGEND SYMBOL WIRE DESCRIPTION A 16/2 FPLR SLC CIRCUIT B 14/2 FPLR NAC CIRCUIT J 16/4 FPLR ANNUNCIATOR CIRCUIT l 11824 NORTHCREEK PRKWY N. Fire and SUITE 105 BOTHELL, WA 98011 Security PHONE: (425) 402-3351 FAX: (425) 415-6164 y Fire& Mal Security 0 4 ..148.' rip tiLICOI Fire & Security FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ECONO LODGE 13910 PACIFIC HWY S. SEATTLE, WA 98168 PER AHJ 04-15-09 L.. No. Revision/Issue Revision/Issue DoteREVISED Dote REPRESENTATIVE: ALFRED EVANS CHECKED BY: — CHECKED BY DATE: — APPROVED BY: — APPROVED BY DATE: — [Project cale 03-28-09 Sheet FA -02 ROOM 301 F 80 ROOML ROOM 702 .. ' 2 N5-2 15CD N5-3 15CD 3 • ROOM 303 B 081 4 II !!II !I I I i1 ROOM 304 !i ROOM 305 I ROOM 306 5 II 6 ( 7 ©' N5-4 N5-5 15CD I B 15CD -I I I f 1 ( R DOWN TO NAC PANEL N5-1 ON[FIRST FLOOR - 11I LI r / 30CD L ��'��Y ; I FROM SECOND FLOOR SMOKE DETECTOR l Ljl._air N;. i ci4 1 N5-6 15CD B ©a r DOWN TO NAC PANEL ON FIRST!; 0OR j I A j 2 B ©.0 q ©61 11 liI I i I N6-3 30CD B N6-4 SCD' N5-7 15CD ROOM I I 317 ROOMA 8 ` A N5-8 15CD !L B ZI u N5-9 15CD n ROOM v'.��i .. v A cyo N5-10 15CD EOL II _ N6-6 II I . B ! II N6=5 15CD ROOM 310 ©' ROOM 311 I l 6-7 ►IA it Ili1 N6-8 ROOM , 1 2 ©71 N6-9 .i A L ROOM 314 N6-1 1 ASCD EOL' ii 75 F A A 1 ROOM 315 1 FACP F DEVICE LEGEND FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SMOKE DETECTOR HEAT DETECTOR PULL STATION HORN/STROBE "WP" DENOTES WEATHERPROOF DEVICE NACP ANN NAC PANEL - 10 AMP ANNUNCIATOR THIRD FLOOR PLAN FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" + WIRE LEGEND SYMBOL WIRE DESCRIPTION A 16/2 FPLR SLC CIRCUIT B 14/2 FPLR NAC CIRCUIT J 16/4 FPLR ANNUNCIATOR CIRCUIT REPRESENTATIVE: ALFRED EVANS CHECKED BY: - CHECKED BY DATE: - APPROVED BY: - APPROVED BY DATE: - Project Dote 03-27-09 Scale AS -SHOWN Sheet fA-03 11824 NORTHCREEK PRKWY N. Fire and SUITE 105 BOTHELL. WA 98011 Security PHONE: (425) 402-3351 FAX: (425) 415-6164 LI '+. Q) LCli U d Pell 1141. tyro Fire & Security FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ECONO LODGE 13910 PACIFIC HWY S. SEATTLE, WA 98168 REVISED PER AHJ 04-15-09 No. Revision/Issue Date REPRESENTATIVE: ALFRED EVANS CHECKED BY: - CHECKED BY DATE: - APPROVED BY: - APPROVED BY DATE: - Project Dote 03-27-09 Scale AS -SHOWN Sheet fA-03 ONE LINE TO CENTRAL STATI O N TELCO LINE RJ31X CONN BLOCK IA N6-1 N6-2 N6-3 N6-4 N6-5 N6-6 N6-7 N6-8 N6-9 N6-10 N6-11 30CD 30CD 30CD 15CD 15CD 30CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 30CD NACP EST BPS10A N5-1 N5-2 N5-3 N5-4 N5-5 N5-6 30CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 15CD u � � N4-1 N4-2 N4-3 N4-4 N4-5 N4-6 30CD 30CD 30CD 15CD 15CD 30CD 120 VAC RJ31X CONN BLOCK ONE -LINE RISER DIAGRAM FACP EST QS4 N5-7 N5-8 N5-9 15CD 15CD 15CD N5-10 15CD NAC CIRCUIT 11 NAC CIRCUIT 5 15CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 30CD N3-1 N3-2 N3-3 N3-4 N3-5 N3-6 N3-7 N3-8 N3-9 30CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 15CD v v V V N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 30CD 30CD 15CD v v ry N2-4 N2-5 N2-6 75CD 15CD 15CD WP v v V r N2-7 N2-8 30CD 15CD N1-1 N1-2 N1-3 N1-4 N1-5 N1-6 N1-7 30CD 30CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 15CD 1 CD ANN 120 VAC r N3-10 15CD N2-9 15CD r NAC CIRCUIT 4 NAC CIRCUIT 3 d-i\AA/-NAC CIRCUIT 2 N2-10 N2-11 N2-12 15CD 15CD 30CD r N1-8 N1-9 N1-10 15CD 15CD 15CD r NAC CIRCUIT 1 00000110001110000 �5 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 •0!9!8• � �6 3 0 0 !3!2 24 25 25 24 0 0 0 (10 0 0 0 0 0 39 31 32 F 21 F 40 49 �8 47 16 40 F F '41 42 43 44 45 F F 000p0O0•403020!Q000!6 49 48 47 59 60 Fn �a S S 57 56 55 0 111 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 71 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 000000000 --84 83 82 81 80 F 90 89 88 87 86 85 F 75 0000 z } 17) Y M M a 1— O) N (p YOQ CD 1 wo to w�3 ce U� J N� H D W vN N z 0Z" N m =Q co I2Li- U LL V) N(513 Lia ECONO LODGE SEATTLE, WA 98168 REVISED PER Al -IJ 04-15-09 Revision/Issue Date, REPRESENTATIVE: ALFRED EVANS CHECKED BY: — CHECKED BY DATE: — APPROVED BY: — APPROVED BY DATE: — 03-27-09 sem. AS -SHOWN Sheet FA -04 J 1 t(ICQ I Fire & Security Device Description /moi Battery Calculation Worksheet (all currents stated in mA) 3/28/2009 PROJECT: Econolodge Quantity of Devices Standby mA Per Device Alarm mA Per Device Total Device Standby mA Total Device Alarm mA System Devices Quickstart 4 SLIC - Signature Loop Intelligent Controller DLD - Dialer EST-SRA4 - Annunciator ZR8 - Relay Card 1 1 1 1 1 33 13 70 11 57 20 90 18 0 33 13 70 11 0 57 20 90 18 Total System Current 127 185 Smoke Detectors / Auxiliary Devices Quantity of SIGA-270 - Pull Station 7 0.025 0.04 0.175 0.28 SIGA-HRS - Heat Detector 4 0.045 0.045 0.18 0.18 SIGA-PS - Smoke Detector 79 0.045 0.045 3.555 3.555 SIGA-CR - Control Relay 2 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0 0 N/A 0 0 0 = 0 N/A 183 0 0 = 0 N/A 0 0 Device Totals 92 N/A 3.93 4.035 Notification Appliances (list all) Quantity of GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd 15 NIA 71 N/A 1065 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 30 cd 6 N/A 90 N/A 540 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 75 cd 3.22 N/A 159 N/A 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof Horn/Strobe 75cd 1 NIA 159 N/A 159 0 0 N/A 0 N/A 0 = 0 N/A 183 NIA 0 = 0 N/A N/A 0 Notification Appliance Totals 22 N/A N/A 1764 Summary Section Quantity of Standby Hrs. Required 24 Alarm Sounding Minutes 5 Total System Standby mA 130.93 Total System Alarm mA 1953.035 Total System Standby A/H 3.06 Total System Alarm A/H 0.16 Min. AIH Battery 3.22 ADD 30% FOR BATTERY DEPLETION 0.97 Required NH Battery 4.19 DO NOT EXCEED TOTAL CURRENT DRAW OF 3000mA AIH BATTERY PROVIDED FOR SYSTEM 1 7 1 two /Fire & Security r j - Battery Calculation Worksheet (all currents stated in mA) 3/28/2009 PROJECT: Econolodge - Device Quantity of Standby mA Alarm mA Total Device Total Device Description Devices Per Device Per Device Standby mA Alarm mA BPS10A - Remote Booster Power Supply 10Amp 1 70 150 70 150 G1 M -RM - Sync Module 1 0 33 0 33 0 0 GIF-HDVM - HornlStrobe 75 cd 0 0 0 33 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof HornlStrobe 75cd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total System Current 0 = 0 70 183 Smoke Detectors / Auxiliary Devices NACP #1 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd 30 N/A 71 0 0 G1 F-HDVM - HornlStrobe 30 cd 12 N/A 90 0 0 GIF-HDVM - HornlStrobe 75 cd 0 N/A 159 33 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof HornlStrobe 75cd 0 N/A 159 0 0 0 0 N/A 0.159 0 0 = 0 N/A 0 0 = = N/A 0 0 Device Totals 0 N/A 33 0 Notification Appliances (list all) NACP #1 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd 30 N/A 71 N/A 2130 G1 F-HDVM - HornlStrobe 30 cd 12 N/A 90 N/A 1080 GIF-HDVM - HornlStrobe 75 cd 0 N/A 159 N/A 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof HornlStrobe 75cd 0 N/A 159 N/A 0 0 0 N/A 0.159 N/A 0 = 0 N/A NIA 0 = = N/A N/A 0 = = N/A N/A 0 X 1 0 NIA 0 N/A 0 Notification Appliance Totals 42 = 0 NIA 3210 Summary Section NACP #1 Standby Hrs. Required 24 Alarm Sounding Minutes 5 Total System Standby mA 103 Total System Alarm mA 3393 Total System Standby NH 1.68 Total System Alarm A/H 0.28 Min. A/H Battery 1.96 ADD 30% FOR BATTERY DEPLETION 0.59 Required AIH Battery 2.55 NH BATTERY PROVIDED FOR SYSTEM 1 7 1 Panel Circuit NI Panel FACP Device Current Econolodge # of Devices Current Circuit Panel Circuit N3 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 30 cd GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 75 cd 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof Horn/Strobe 75cd 0.071 0.09 0.159 0.159 X 8 2 0.568 FACP Device GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd Current 0.071 X # of Devices 7 Total Current 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.748 Current 0.497 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 30 cd GIF-HDVM - HornlStrobe 75 cd 0.09 0.159 X X 4 0.36 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof Horn/Strobe 75cd 0.159 X 1 0.159 X 0 X 0 X X X 0 0 0 x 0 X 0 NACP #1 Device GIF-HDVM - HornlStrobe 15 cd Current 0.071 X # of Devices 9 Total Current 1.016 G1 F-HDVM - HornlStrobe 30 cd 0.09 X 1 G1 F-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 75 cd 0.159 X Current 0.639 0.09 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof HornlStrobe 75cd 0.159 0 X 0 X 0 X 0 X X X 0 0 0 Total Current 0.729 Ohms Per Foot X Total Wire Length Current 3.19 110 220 X 0.748 1000 VDC = 0.525 EOL Voltage 23.475 12ga. 2 cond 14 ga, 2 cond 1.59 Q 3.19!:2 Ohms Per Foot X Total Wire Length 3.19 175 350 X 1000 Current 1.016 VDC 1.134 EOL Voltage 22.866 12ga. 2 cond 14 ga, 2 Gond 1.59 D 3.19 Q Ohms s Per Foot 3.19 X Total Wire Length Current 144 288 X 0.729 1000 VDC 0.670 EOL Voltage 23.330 Panel NACP #1 Circuit Device Current # of Devices Current N5 N4 _ G1F-HDVM - HornlStrobe 15 cd GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 30 cd 0.071-- 0.09 - - X X 6 5 = = 0.426 0.45 0.09 X 1 GIF-HDVM - HornlStrobe 75 cd 0.159 X X = 0 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof HornlStrobe 75cd 0.159 X X = 0 0 X X = = 0 X X = = 0 X X X 1 0 = 0 X X X 0 = 0 X X x 0 = 0 X X X 0 = 0 X X 0 = 0 Total Current 0.729 Total Current 0.876 12ga. 2 cond 14 ga, 2 cond 1.59 D 3.19 D Ohms Per Foot X Total Wire Length Current 3.19 195 390 X = 0.876 1000 1- VDC 1.090 EOL Voltage 22.910 12ga. 2 cond 14 ga, 2 cond Panel NACP #1 Circuit Device Current # of Devices Current N5 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd 0.071 X 9 = 0.639 0.09 GIF-HDVM - HornlStrobe 30 cd 0.09 X 1 = GIF-HDVM - HornlStrobe 75 cd 0.159 X X = 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof Horn/Strobe 75cd 0.159 X X = 0 0 X X = 0 0 X X = 0 0 X X = 0 0 X X = 0 0 X X = 0 0 X X = 0 0 X = 0 Total Current 0.729 Panel NACP #1 Circuit Device Current # of Devices Current N6 G1 F-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 15 cd 0.071 X 6 = 0.426 GIF-HDVM - Horn/Strobe 30 cd 0.09 X 5 = 0.45 GIF-HDVM - HornlStrobe 75 cd 0.159 X = 0 757 -7A -T - Weatherproof Horn/Strobe 75cd 0.159 X = 0 X = 0 X = 0 X = 0 X = 0 X = 0 X = 0 X = 0 Total Current 0.876 1.59 G 3.19 Q Ohms Per Foot X Total Wire Length Current VDC 3.19 164 328 X 0.729 = 0.763 1000 EOL Voltage 23.237 12ga. 2 cond 14 ga, 2 cond 1.59 [2 3.19 [2 Ohms Per Foot t X Total Wire Length Current 3.19 215 430 X 0.876 1000 VDC 1.202 EOL Voltage 22.798 12ga. 2 Gond = 14 ga, 2 cond 1.59 D 3.19 n t z r d OOH) C 0 w0Q"Lo LLJ i* 11-- 0 1.4 s- m z E o N m =¢ m o_IL N N LL V) og *z: ta tul L� tY L.� ECONO LODGE 00 T- 00 0) SEATTLE, WA REVISED PER AHJ 04-15-09 No. Revision/Issue 1 Dote, REPRESENTATIVE: ALFRED EVANS CHECKED BY: - CHECKED BY DATE: - APPROVED BY: - APPROVED BY DATE: - (Project eal. 03-27-09 AS -SHOWN Shoot FA -05